West Sacramento City Council
September 18, 2024

reimburse expenditures made not more than 60 days prior to the declaration of intent made in Resolution 24- 101.

ANALYSIS
The City has procured its Pierce vehicles to serve as fire apparatus since 1999. It should be noted that maintenance of the Fire Department vehicles is currently contracted through West Sacramento-based firms who maintain the department’s existing Pierce vehicles, and maintenance of the new vehicles would also be with West Sacramento-based vendors. The manufacturing and delivery of the vehicles is estimated to take approximately 49.5 months.

The City reached out to different banks to solicit quotes for the financing of the Type 1 Pumper. JP Morgan Chase Bank responded with the lowest interest rate and annual lease payments for the 12-year term. The City has an existing banking relationship with JP Morgan Chase Bank, but this will be the first lease-purchase financing the City has entered into with them. Therefore, the City must enter into a Master Lease Agreement with JP Morgan Chase Bank as we have with other banks for similar financing.

The business terms provided by JP Morgan Chase Bank include a 3.6350% interest rate and a 12-year term.

Payments will be made semi-annually. At the end of the lease term the City will take ownership of the financed equipment.

Resolution 24-101 is required to meet Internal Revenue Service requirements for tax-exempt financings. For example, this “Intent to Reimburse” resolution would allow staff to pay invoices prior to the lease financing becoming available. The City Council has approved similar resolutions with the three previous equipment leases with U.S. Bank.

Environmental Considerations
Not applicable
Commission Recommendation
Not applicable
Strategic Plan Integration
The City has a Strategic Plan goal to achieve a Financially Sound City Government. Managing existing debt to achieve savings is a critical tool available to the Administrative Services Department to achieve that goal.

Financing the fire apparatus over multiple years will allow flexibility in budgeting rather than incurring the capital costs in one fiscal year.

Alternatives
As an alternative to the recommended action, the Council could: 1) reject the award of contract under purchasing alliances with other governmental jurisdictions under the City’s adopted Administrative Policy and instead recommend that staff issue its own Request for Proposals obtain multiple quotes from various lenders and return for approval of financing once competitive bids have been received; or 2) not approve staff’s recommendation to lease-finance the purchase of the vehicle, though this authorization was provided by Council with adoption of the budget, so neither of the alternatives are recommended.

Coordination and Review
This staff report was coordinated with the City’s Fire Department.

Budget/Cost Impact
The total cost for the type 1 pumper and associated equipment is $1,176,950. The acquisition of the Type 1 Pumper via lease financing is a planned expenditure included in the adopted budget for FY 2024/2025 at $150,000 per year. Financing capital investment is proposed to be funded through a lease-purchase agreement with JP Morgan Chase Bank over a 12-year period and will involve debt service payments of approximately $124,280 annually. The General Fund was previously approved as the source of funds for the debt service payments. The JP Morgan Chase Bank loan will be secured at the current day’s favorable rates for municipal debt at an approximate interest rate of 3.6350%. The interest rate for the financing is not locked in until this Resolution is adopted and provided to the bank, so the Resolution includes an interest rate not to exceed 4.25% to account for any fluctuations prior to the rate lock. That rate is still less than other proposals received.

ATTACHMENTS

1. JP Morgan Chase Bank Master Lease-Purchase Agreement and Financing Proposal 457
Golden State Fire Pumper Financing
September 18, 2024

2. Type 1 Fire Pumper Bid Proposal

3. Resolution 24-101
458
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

Mail Code OH1-1085
1111 Polaris Parkway
Columbus, OH 43240-2050
August 28, 2024
Enclosed please find the documents necessary to complete your transaction with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”). These documents have been completed as of August 28, 2024, and reflect the pricing, terms and conditions of the transaction as of this date.

Note that the signer’s title must match the signer’s title shown on the current Resolution and Incumbency Certificate.
 Master Lease-Purchase Agreement – Review, sign and indicate title.  Lease Schedule – Review, enter the Date for the Equipment/Escrow Acceptance, sign and indicate title.
 Schedule A-1 – Review, sign and indicate title.
 Payment Schedule – In draft status, a final payment schedule will be sent prior to funding.  Prepayment Schedule Addendum – Review, sign and indicate title.  Insurance Request Letter - Please verify/complete the following information for your insurance carrier: Carrier name, address, City, State, Zip Code, telephone number and Agent name. Please sign where indicated. Please send a copy of this letter to your insurance agent in order for them to prepare an insurance certificate. A certificate of insurance must be received by us when vehicle is delivered.
 Judicial Reference Addendum – Review, sign and indicate title.  Vehicle Schedule Addendum – Review, sign and indicate title.  Resolution and Declaration of Official Intent – Your governing board will need to review and approve the financing and the Authorized Signer(s). Please have the Secretary/Clerk of the board certify that the board has met and approved the financing, and that the titles of the Authorized Signer(s) are correct.
 Certificate of Incumbency – The individuals that are duly elected or appointed officers of the Lessee should Print Name and Title and provide signatures. The Secretary/Clerk of the Lessee should Print Name, Title, Date and sign. If the Secretary/Clerk is also authorized to execute the Lease-Purchase Agreement, a second officer must Print Name, Title and sign.

 Opinion of Counsel – Please have your counsel review the documents as soon as possible, and prepare an Opinion of Counsel letter on their letterhead addressed to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. A sample of an Opinion of Counsel letter that will satisfy JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. is enclosed.
459
 Proceeds Disbursement Authorization – Review, sign and date, and provide the signer’s title where indicated.
 IRS Form 8038G– This form is required for IRS reporting of a tax-exempt financing. Please refer to the instructions when completing the information on the form and have an Authorized Signer sign and date at the bottom. Please refer to www.irs.gov for the most current version of the form.  Auto Debit Enrollment – Complete the bank account information and sign.  Please provide final Invoice for Golden State Apparatus, Inc.

We would like to thank you for choosing JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.to assist with your equipment financing. We appreciate your business and welcome the opportunity to work with you.

If you have any questions, concerns, or if I can be of assistance, please call me. I can be reached at 312- 732-6444 from 8:30 a.m. through 4:00 p.m. ET Monday through Friday. I’ll be happy to help you.

Sincerely,
Lourdes Roman
Documentation Specialist
460
151211-V1

MASTER LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated As of: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
This Master Lease-Purchase Agreement together with all addenda, riders and attachments hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented ("Master Lease") is made and entered by and between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ("Lessor") and the lessee identified above ("Lessee").

1. LEASE OF EQUIPMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Lease, Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee, and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, all Equipment described in each Schedule signed from time to time by Lessee and Lessor.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. All terms defined in the Lease are equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of such terms. (a) "Schedule" means each Lease Schedule signed and delivered by Lessee and Lessor, together with all addenda, riders, attachments, certificates and exhibits thereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented. Lessee and Lessor agree that each Schedule (except as expressly provided in said Schedule) incorporates by reference all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease. (b) "Lease" means any one Schedule and this Master Lease as incorporated into said Schedule. (c) "Equipment" means the property described in each Schedule, together with all attachments, additions, accessions, parts, repairs, improvements, replacements and substitutions thereto. (d) "Lien" means any security interest, lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, judgment, execution, attachment, warrant, writ, levy, other judicial process or claim of any nature whatsoever by or of any person. (e) "Termination Value" has the meaning assigned to such term in the applicable Payment Schedule.

3. LEASE TERM. The term of the lease of the Equipment described in each Lease ("Lease Term") commences on the first date any of such Equipment is accepted by Lessee pursuant to Section 5 hereof or on the date specified in the Schedule for such Lease and, unless earlier terminated as expressly provided in the Lease, continues until Lessee's payment and performance in full of all of Lessee's obligations under the Lease.

4. RENT PAYMENTS.

4.1 For each Lease, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the rent payments (the "Rent Payments") in the amounts and at the times as set forth in the Payment Schedule attached to the Schedule (the "Payment Schedule"). A portion of each Rent Payment is paid as and represents the payment of interest as set forth in the Payment Schedule. Lessee acknowledges that its obligation to pay Rent Payments including interest therein accrues as of the Accrual Date stated in the Schedule or its Payment Schedule; provided, that no Rent Payment is due until Lessee accepts the Equipment under the Lease or the parties execute an escrow agreement. Rent Payments will be payable for the Lease Term in U.S. dollars, without notice or demand at the office of Lessor (or such other place as Lessor may designate from time to time in writing).

4.2 If Lessor receives any payment from Lessee later than ten (10) days from the due date, Lessee shall pay Lessor on demand as a late charge five per cent (5%) of such overdue amount, limited, however, to the maximum amount allowed by law.

4.3 EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN SECTION 6, THE OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT PAYMENTS UNDER

EACH LEASE SHALL BE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL IN ALL EVENTS AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY SETOFF, DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM, ABATEMENT OR RECOUPMENT FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.

5. DELIVERY; ACCEPTANCE; FUNDING CONDITIONS.

5.1 Lessee shall arrange for the transportation, delivery and installation of all Equipment to the location specified in the Schedule ("Location") by Equipment suppliers ("Suppliers") selected by Lessee. Lessee shall pay all costs related thereto.

5.2 Lessee shall accept Equipment as soon as it has been delivered and is operational. Lessee shall evidence its acceptance of any Equipment by signing and delivering to Lessor the applicable Schedule. If Lessee signs and delivers a Schedule and if all Funding Conditions have been satisfied in full, then Lessor will pay or cause to be paid the costs of such Equipment as stated in the Schedule ("Purchase Price") to the applicable Supplier.

5.3 Lessor shall have no obligation to pay any Purchase Price unless all reasonable conditions established by Lessor ("Funding Conditions") have been satisfied, including, without limitation, the following: (a) Lessee has signed and delivered the Schedule and its Payment Schedule; (b) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (c) no material adverse change shall have occurred in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the related regulations and rulings thereunder (collectively, the "Code"); (d) no 461
151211-V1

material adverse change shall have occurred in the financial condition of Lessee or any Supplier; (e) the Equipment is reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and is free and clear of any Liens (except Lessor's Liens); (f) all representations of Lessee in the Lease remain true, accurate and complete; and (g) Lessor has received all of the following documents, which shall be reasonably satisfactory, in form and substance, to Lessor: (1) evidence of insurance coverage required by the Lease; (2) an opinion of Lessee's counsel; (3) reasonably detailed invoices for the Equipment; (4) Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) financing statements; (5) copies of resolutions by Lessee's governing body authorizing the Lease and incumbency certificates for the person(s) who will sign the Lease; (6) such documents and certificates relating to the tax-exempt interest payable under the Lease (including, without limitation, IRS Form 8038G or 8038GC) as Lessor may request; and (7) such other documents and information previously identified by Lessor or otherwise reasonably requested by Lessor.

6. TERMINATION FOR GOVERNMENTAL NON-APPROPRIATIONS.

6.1 For each Lease, Lessee represents and warrants: that it has appropriated and budgeted the necessary funds to make all Rent Payments required pursuant to such Lease for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the Lease Term commences; and that it currently intends to make Rent Payments for the full Lease Term as scheduled in the applicable Payment Schedule if funds are appropriated for the Rent Payments in each succeeding fiscal year by its governing body. Without contractually committing itself to do so, Lessee reasonably believes that moneys in an amount sufficient to make all Rent Payments can and will lawfully be appropriated therefor.

Lessee directs the person in charge of its budget requests to include the Rent Payments payable during each fiscal year in the budget request presented to Lessee's governing body for such fiscal year; provided, that Lessee's governing body retains authority to approve or reject any such budget request. All Rent Payments shall be payable out of the general funds of Lessee or out of other funds legally appropriated therefor. Lessor agrees that no Lease will be a general obligation of Lessee and no Lease shall constitute a pledge of either the full faith and credit of Lessee or the taxing power of Lessee.

6.2 If Lessee's governing body fails to appropriate sufficient funds in any fiscal year for Rent Payments or other payments due under a Lease and if other funds are not legally appropriated for such payments, then a "Non-Appropriation Event" shall be deemed to have occurred. If a Non-Appropriation Event occurs, then: (a) Lessee shall give Lessor immediate notice of such Non-Appropriation Event and provide written evidence of such failure by Lessee's governing body; (b) on the Return Date, Lessee shall return to Lessor all, but not less than all, of the Equipment covered by the affected Lease, at Lessee's sole expense, in accordance with Section 21 hereof; and (c) the affected Lease shall terminate on the Return Date without penalty to Lessee, provided, that Lessee shall pay all Rent Payments and other amounts payable under the affected Lease for which funds have been appropriated, provided further, that Lessee shall pay month-to-month rent at the rate set forth in the affected Lease for each month or part thereof that Lessee fails to return the Equipment under this Section 6.2. "Return Date" means the last day of the fiscal year for which appropriations were made for the Rent Payments due under a Lease.

7. LIMITATION ON WARRANTIES. LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, AS TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS TO THE

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT OR AS TO THE VALUE, DESIGN, CONDITION, USE, CAPACITY OR DURABILITY OF ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT. For and during the Lease Term, Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee any manufacturer's or Supplier's product warranties, express or implied, applicable to any Equipment and Lessor authorizes Lessee to obtain the customary services furnished in connection with such warranties at Lessee's sole expense. Lessee agrees that (a) all Equipment will have been purchased by Lessor in accordance with Lessee's specifications from Suppliers selected by Lessee, (b) Lessor is not a manufacturer or dealer of any Equipment and has no liability for the delivery or installation of any Equipment, (c) Lessor assumes no obligation with respect to any manufacturer's or Supplier's product warranties or guaranties, (d) no manufacturer or Supplier or any representative of said parties is an agent of Lessor, and (e) any warranty, representation, guaranty or agreement made by any manufacturer or Supplier or any representative of said parties shall not be binding upon Lessor.

8. TITLE; SECURITY INTEREST.

8.1 Upon Lessee's acceptance of any Equipment under a Lease, title to the Equipment shall vest in Lessee, subject to Lessor's security interest therein and all of Lessor's other rights under such Lease including, without limitation, Sections 6, 20 and 21 hereof.

8.2 As collateral security for the Secured Obligations, Lessee hereby grants to Lessor a first priority security interest in any and all of the Equipment (now existing or hereafter acquired) and any and all proceeds thereof. Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor all necessary documents to evidence and perfect such security interest, including, without limitation, UCC financing statements and any amendments thereto.

8.3 "Secured Obligations" means Lessee's obligations to pay all Rent Payments and all other amounts due and payable under all present and future Leases and to perform and observe all covenants, agreements and conditions (direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or existing or hereafter arising) of Lessee under all present and future Leases. 462
151211-V1

9. PERSONAL PROPERTY. All Equipment is and will remain personal property and will not be deemed to be affixed or attached to real estate or any building thereon.

10. MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION. Lessee agrees it shall, at its sole expense: (a) repair and maintain all Equipment in good condition and working order and supply and install all replacement parts or other devices when required to so maintain the Equipment or when required by applicable law or regulation, which parts or devices shall automatically become part of the Equipment; and (b) use and operate all Equipment in a careful manner in the normal course of its operations and only for the purposes for which it was designed in accordance with the manufacturer's warranty requirements; and (c) comply with all laws and regulations relating to the Equipment.

If any Equipment is customarily covered by a maintenance agreement, Lessee will furnish Lessor with a maintenance agreement by a party reasonably satisfactory to Lessor. No maintenance or other service for any Equipment will be provided by Lessor. Lessee will not make any alterations, additions or improvements ("Improvements") to any Equipment without Lessor's prior written consent unless the Improvements may be readily removed without damage to the operation, value or utility of such Equipment, but any such Improvements not removed prior to the termination of the applicable Lease shall automatically become part of the Equipment.

11. LOCATION; INSPECTION. Equipment will not be removed from, or if Equipment is rolling stock its permanent base will not be changed from, the Location without Lessor's prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld. Upon reasonable notice to Lessee, Lessor may enter the Location or elsewhere during normal business hours to inspect the Equipment.

12. LIENS, SUBLEASES AND TAXES.

12.1 Lessee shall keep all Equipment free and clear of all Liens except those Liens created under its Lease. Lessee shall not sublet or lend any Equipment or permit it to be used by anyone other than Lessee or Lessee's employees.

12.2 Lessee shall pay when due all Taxes which may now or hereafter be imposed upon any Equipment or its ownership, lease, rental, sale, purchase, possession or use, upon any Lease or upon any Rent Payments or any other payments due under any Lease. If Lessee fails to pay such Taxes when due, Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. If Lessor pays any such Taxes, then Lessee shall, upon demand, immediately reimburse Lessor therefor. "Taxes" means present and future taxes, levies, duties, assessments or other governmental charges that are not based on the net income of Lessor, whether they are assessed to or payable by Lessee or Lessor, including, without limitation (a) sales, use, excise, licensing, registration, titling, gross receipts, stamp and personal property taxes, and (b) interest, penalties or fines on any of the foregoing.

13. RISK OF LOSS.

13.1 Lessee bears the entire risk of loss, theft, damage or destruction of any Equipment in whole or in part from any reason whatsoever ("Casualty Loss"). No Casualty Loss to any Equipment shall relieve Lessee from the obligation to make any Rent Payments or to perform any other obligation under any Lease. Proceeds of any insurance recovery will be applied to Lessee's obligations under this Section 13.

13.2 If a Casualty Loss occurs to any Equipment, Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor of the same and Lessee shall, unless otherwise directed by Lessor, immediately repair the same.

13.3 If Lessor determines that any item of Equipment has suffered a Casualty Loss beyond repair ("Lost Equipment"), then Lessee shall either: (a) immediately replace the Lost Equipment with similar equipment in good repair, condition and working order free and clear of any Liens (except Lessor's Liens), in which event such replacement equipment shall automatically be Equipment under the applicable Lease, and deliver to Lessor true and complete copies of the invoice or bill of sale covering the replacement equipment; or (b) on earlier of 60 days after the Casualty Loss or the next scheduled Rent Payment date (the "Loss Payment Due Date"), pay Lessor (i) all amounts owed by Lessee under the applicable Lease, including the Rent Payments due on or accrued through such date plus (ii) an amount equal to the Termination Value as of the Rent Payment date (or if the Casualty Loss payment is due between Rent Payment dates, then as of the Rent Payment date preceding the date that the Casualty Loss payment is due) set forth in the Payment Schedule to the applicable Lease plus (iii) a Break Funding Charge. If Lessee is making such payment with respect to less than all of the Equipment under a Lease, then Lessor will provide Lessee with the pro rata amount of the Rent Payment and Termination Value to be paid by Lessee with respect to the Lost Equipment and a revised Payment Schedule. "Break Funding Charge" means the amount, if any, by which (a) the present value of all Remaining Payments discounted to the Prepayment Date at a rate equal to the swap rate of an interest rate swap which the Lessor shall be deemed to have entered into as of the business day preceding the Prepayment Date exceeds (b) the present value of all Remaining Payments discounted to the Prepayment Date at a rate equal to the swap rate of an interest rate swap which the Lessor shall be deemed to have entered into as of the date of the Lease. "Fair Market Value" means the amount which would be paid for an item of Equipment by an informed and willing buyer (other than a used equipment or scrap dealer) and an informed and willing seller neither under a compulsion to buy or sell. "Prepayment Date" means, (i) in the case of a payment resulting from a Casualty Loss, the Loss Payment Due Date, or (ii) in the case of a demand made pursuant to section 20, the Demand Date. "Remaining Payments" means, as of the Prepayment Date, (a) the remaining rents and all other amounts Lessee is obligated to pay under the Lease at the end of the Lease Term, including, without limitation, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equipment at the end of the Rent 463
151211-V1

Term as originally anticipated by Lessor at the date of the Lease; provided, that Lessee agrees that such value shall be determined by the books of Lessor as of the date of the Schedule.

13.4 Lessee shall bear the risk of loss for, shall pay directly, and shall defend Lessor against any and all claims, liabilities, proceedings, actions, expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees), damages or losses arising under or related to any Equipment, including, but not limited to, the possession, ownership, lease, use or operation thereof. These obligations of Lessee shall survive any expiration or termination of any Lease. Lessee shall not bear the risk of loss of, nor pay for, any claims, liabilities, proceedings, actions, expenses (including attorney's fees), damages or losses which arise directly from events occurring after any Equipment has been returned by Lessee to Lessor in accordance with the terms of the applicable Lease or which arise directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor.

14. INSURANCE.

14.1 (a) Lessee at its sole expense shall at all times keep all Equipment insured against all Casualty Losses for an amount not less than the Termination Value of the Equipment. Proceeds of any such insurance covering damage or loss of any Equipment shall be payable to Lessor as lender loss payee. (b) Lessee at its sole expense shall at all times carry public liability and third party property damage insurance in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Lessor protecting Lessee and Lessor from liabilities for injuries to persons and damage to property of others relating in any way to any Equipment. Proceeds of any such public liability or property insurance shall be payable first to Lessor as additional insured to the extent of its liability, and then to Lessee.

14.2 All insurers shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lessor. Lessee shall promptly deliver to Lessor satisfactory evidence of required insurance coverage and all renewals and replacements thereof. Each insurance policy will require that the insurer give Lessor at least 30 days prior written notice of any cancellation of such policy and will require that Lessor's interests remain insured regardless of any act, error, misrepresentation, omission or neglect of Lessee. The insurance maintained by Lessee shall be primary without any right of contribution from insurance which may be maintained by Lessor.

15. NO PREPAYMENT. Lessee shall not be permitted to prepay the Rent Payments or any other obligation under a Lease in whole or in part.

16. LESSEE'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. With respect to each Lease and its Equipment, Lessee hereby represents and warrants to Lessor that: (a) Lessee has full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver the Lease and to perform its obligations under the Lease, and all such actions have been duly authorized by appropriate findings and actions of Lessee's governing body; (b) the Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Lessee and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Lessee, enforceable in accordance with its terms; (c) the Lease is authorized under, and the authorization, execution and delivery of the Lease complies with, all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations (including, but not limited to, all open meeting, public bidding and property acquisition laws) and all applicable judgments and court orders; (d) the execution, delivery and performance by Lessee of its obligations under the Lease will not result in a breach or violation of, nor constitute a default under, any agreement, lease or other instrument to which Lessee is a party or by which Lessee's properties may be bound or affected; (e) there is no pending, or to the best of Lessee's knowledge threatened, litigation of any nature which may have a material adverse effect on Lessee's ability to perform its obligations under the Lease; and (f) Lessee is a state, or a political subdivision thereof, as referred to in Section 103 of the Code, and Lessee's obligation under the Lease constitutes an enforceable obligation issued on behalf of a state or a political subdivision thereof.

17. TAX COVENANTS.

17.1 Lessee hereby covenants and agrees that: (a) Lessee shall comply with all of the requirements of Section 149(a) and Section 149(e) of the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, and such compliance shall include, but not be limited to, executing and filing Internal Revenue Form 8038G or 8038GC, as the case may be, and any other information statements reasonably requested by Lessor; (b) Lessee shall not do (or cause to be done) any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, any Lease to be an "arbitrage bond" within the meaning of Section 148(a) of the Code or any Lease to be a "private activity bond" within the meaning of Section 141(a) of the Code; and (c) Lessee shall not do (or cause to be done) any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, the interest portion of any Rent Payments to be or become includable in gross income for Federal income taxation purposes under the Code.

17.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Taxability, the interest portion of any Rent Payment shall be at the Taxable Rate retroactive to the date of occurrence of the Event of Taxability, and Lessee shall pay such additional amount as will result in Lessor receiving the interest portion of the Taxable Rate identified in the Payment Schedule. For purposes of this section, "Event of Taxability" means a determination that the interest portion of Rent Payments is included for federal income tax purposes in the gross income of the Lessor due to Lessee's action or failure to take action, including breach of covenants set forth in section 17.1 hereof. An Event of Taxability shall occur upon the earliest of: (1) the happening of any event which may cause such Event of Taxability, or (2) Lessor's payment to the applicable taxing authority of the tax increase resulting from such Event of Taxability, or (3) the adjustment of Lessor's 464
151211-V1

tax return to reflect such Event of Taxability, or (4) the date as of which the interest portion of the Rent Payments is determined by the Internal revenue Service to be includable in the gross income of the Lessor for federal income tax purposes.

18. ASSIGNMENT.

18.1 Lessee shall not assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, nor grant any Lien on, nor otherwise dispose of, any Lease or any Equipment or any interest in any Lease or Equipment.

18.2 Lessor may assign its rights, title and interest in and to any Lease or any Equipment, and/or may grant or assign a security interest in any Lease and its Equipment, in whole or in part, to any party at any time. Any such assignee or lienholder (an "Assignee") shall have all of the rights of Lessor under the applicable Lease. LESSEE AGREES NOT TO ASSERT AGAINST ANY ASSIGNEE

ANY CLAIMS, ABATEMENTS, SETOFFS, COUNTERCLAIMS, RECOUPMENT OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR DEFENSES WHICH LESSEE MAY HAVE AGAINST LESSOR. Unless otherwise agreed by Lessee in writing, any such assignment transaction shall not release Lessor from any of Lessor's obligations under the applicable Lease. An assignment or reassignment of any of Lessor's right, title or interest in a Lease or its Equipment shall be enforceable against Lessee only after Lessee receives a written notice of assignment which discloses the name and address of each such Assignee, provided, that such notice from Lessor to Lessee of any assignment shall not be so required if Lessor assigns a Lease to JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Lessee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all such assignments in the form necessary to comply with Section 149(a) of the Code and for such purpose, Lessee hereby appoints Lessor (or Lessor's designee) as the book entry and registration agent to keep a complete and accurate record of any and all assignments of any Lease. Lessee agrees to acknowledge in writing any such assignments if so requested.

18.3 Each Assignee of a Lease hereby agrees that: (a) the term Secured Obligations as used in Section 8.3 hereof is hereby amended to include and apply to all obligations of Lessee under the Assigned Leases and to exclude the obligations of Lessee under any Non-Assigned Leases; (b) said Assignee shall have no Lien on, nor any claim to, nor any interest of any kind in, any Non-Assigned Lease or any Equipment covered by any Non-Assigned Lease; and (c) Assignee shall exercise its rights, benefits and remedies as the assignee of Lessor (including, without limitation, the remedies under Section 20 of the Master Lease) solely with respect to the Assigned Leases. "Assigned Leases" means only those Leases which have been assigned to a single Assignee pursuant to a written agreement; and "Non-Assigned Leases" means all Leases excluding the Assigned Leases.

18.4 Subject to the foregoing, each Lease inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. For each Lease, "Event of Default" means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events as they may relate to such Lease: (a) Lessee fails to make any Rent Payment (or any other payment) as it becomes due in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and any such failure continues for ten (10) days after the due date thereof; (b) Lessee fails to perform or observe any of its obligations under Sections 12.1, 14 or 18.1 hereof; (c) Lessee fails to perform or observe any other covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or observed by it under the Lease and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof by Lessor; (d) any statement, representation or warranty made by Lessee in the Lease or in any writing delivered by Lessee pursuant thereto or in connection therewith proves at any time to have been false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect as of the time when made; (e) Lessee applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, conservator or liquidator of Lessee or of all or a substantial part of its assets, or a petition for relief is filed by Lessee under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or a petition in a proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law is filed against Lessee and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter; or (f) Lessee shall be in default under any other Lease or under any other financing agreement executed at any time with Lessor.

20. REMEDIES. If any Event of Default occurs, then Lessor may, at its option, exercise any one or more of the following remedies:
(a) Lessor may require Lessee to pay (and Lessee agrees that it shall pay) on a demand date specified by Bank (the "Demand Date") all amounts then currently due under all Leases and all remaining Rent Payments due under all Leases during the fiscal year in effect when the Event of Default occurs together with interest on such amounts at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum (but not to exceed the highest rate permitted by applicable law) from the date of Lessor's demand for such payment; (b) Lessor may require Lessee to promptly return all Equipment under all or any of the Leases to Lessor in the manner set forth in Section 21 (and Lessee agrees that it shall so return the Equipment), or Lessor may, at its option, enter upon the premises where any Equipment is located and repossess any Equipment without demand or notice, without any court order or other process of law and without liability for any damage occasioned by such repossession; (c) Lessor may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equipment under all or any of the Leases, in whole or in part, in one or more public or private transactions, and if Lessor so disposes of any Equipment, then Lessor shall retain the entire proceeds of such disposition free of any claims of Lessee, provided, that if the net proceeds of the disposition of all the Equipment exceeds the applicable 465
151211-V1

Termination Value of all the Schedules plus the amounts payable by Lessee under clause (a) above of this Section and under clause (f) below of this Section, then such excess amount shall be remitted by Lessor to Lessee; (d) Lessor may terminate, cancel or rescind any Lease as to any and all Equipment; (e) Lessor may exercise any other right, remedy or privilege which may be available to Lessor under applicable law or, by appropriate court action at law or in equity, Lessor may enforce any of Lessee's obligations under any Lease; and/or (f) Lessor may require Lessee to pay (and Lessee agrees that it shall pay) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lessor as a result (directly or indirectly) of the Event of Default and/or of Lessor's actions under this section, including, without limitation, any attorney fees and expenses and any costs related to the repossession, safekeeping, storage, repair, reconditioning or disposition of any Equipment.

None of the above remedies is exclusive, but each is cumulative and in addition to any other remedy available to Lessor. Lessor's exercise of one or more remedies shall not preclude its exercise of any other remedy. No delay or failure on the part of Lessor to exercise any remedy under any Lease shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any remedy preclude any other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other remedy.

21. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT. If Lessor is entitled under the provisions of any Lease, including any termination thereof pursuant to Sections 6 or 20 of this Master Lease, to obtain possession of any Equipment or if Lessee is obligated at any time to return any Equipment, then (a) title to the Equipment shall vest in Lessor immediately upon Lessor's notice thereof to Lessee, and (b) Lessee shall, at its sole expense and risk, immediately de-install, disassemble, pack, crate, insure and return the Equipment to Lessor (all in accordance with applicable industry standards) at any location in the continental United States selected by Lessor. Such Equipment shall be in the same condition as when received by Lessee (reasonable wear, tear and depreciation resulting from normal and proper use excepted), shall be in good operating order and maintenance as required by the applicable Lease, shall be free and clear of any Liens (except Lessor's Lien) and shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Until Equipment is returned as required above, all terms of the applicable Lease shall remain in full force and effect including, without limitation, obligations to pay Rent Payments and to insure the Equipment. Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor all documents reasonably requested by Lessor to evidence the transfer of legal and beneficial title to such Equipment to Lessor and to evidence the termination of Lessee's interest in such Equipment.

22. LAW GOVERNING. Each Lease shall be governed by the laws of the state where Lessee is located (the "State").

23. NOTICES. Any notices and demands under or related to this document shall be in writing and delivered to the intended party at its address stated herein (if to Lessor 1111 Polaris Parkway, Suite N4 (OH1-1085), Columbus, Ohio 43240, to the attention of the GNPH Operations Manager). Notice shall be deemed sufficiently given or made (a) upon receipt if delivered by hand, (b) on the Delivery Day after the day of deposit with a nationally recognized courier service, (c) on the third Delivery Day after the day of deposit in the United States mail, sent certified, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, and (d) only if to Lessee, on the third Delivery Day after the notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. "Delivery Day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or any other day on which national banking associations are authorized to be closed. Any party may change its address for the purposes of the receipt of notices and demands by giving notice of such change in the manner provided in this provision.

24. FINANCIAL INFORMATION. Lessee agrees to furnish to Lessor annual audited financial statements of Lessee within 180 days of the end of each fiscal year of Lessee. Additionally, Lessee agrees to provide additional information as reasonably requested by Lessor.

25. SECTION HEADINGS. All section headings contained herein or in any Schedule are for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the scope of any provision of any Lease.

26. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. Each Schedule to this Master Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall be deemed one instrument. If more than one counterpart of each Schedule is executed by Lessee and Lessor, then only one may be marked "Lessor's Original" by Lessor. A security interest in any Schedule may be created through transfer and possession only of: the sole original of said Schedule if there is only one original; or the counterpart marked "Lessor's Original" if there are multiple counterparts of said Schedule.

27. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; WRITTEN AMENDMENTS. Each Lease, together with the exhibits, schedules and addenda attached thereto and made a part hereof and other attachments thereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the lease of the Equipment covered thereby, and such Lease shall not be modified, amended, altered, or changed except with the written consent of Lessee and Lessor. Any provision of any Lease found to be prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of the Lease.

28. OFFSHORING. Subject to applicable laws, processing of Lessee confidential information may be performed by any Lessor affiliate, including affiliates, branches and units located in any country in which we conduct business or have a service provider. In 466
151211-V1

addition, Lessor may perform certain services and functions outside the United States that are indirect, ancillary, redundant back-up, back office, exception processing or services that are incidental to the performance of this agreement. Lessee authorizes Lessor to transfer customer information to such affiliates, branches and units at such locations as Lessor deems appropriate. For business resiliency purposes and disaster recovery services, subject to Lessor's cybersecurity and privacy policies, certain services and functions may be performed outside of the United States. Lessor reserves the right to store, access, view or process any data wherever it deems appropriate for the services Lessor provides.

29. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement, (y) any other Related Document and/or (z) any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Related Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each an "Ancillary Document") that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Related Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words "execution," "signed," "signature," "delivery," and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Related Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require Bank to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (i) to the extent Bank has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, Bank shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of Lessee or any other Obligor without further verification thereof and without any obligation to review the appearance or form of any such Electronic Signature and (ii) upon the request of Bank, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lessee hereby (A) agrees that, for all purposes, including without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among Bank, Lessee and Obligors, Electronic Signatures transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Related Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (B) Bank may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Related Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person's business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (C) waives any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Related Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Related Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (D) waives any claim against any Affiliates of Bank for any liabilities arising solely from Bank's reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any liabilities arising as a result of the failure of Lessee and/or any Obligor to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature. As used herein, "Electronic Signature" means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record. "Obligor" means any Lessee, guarantor, surety, co-signer, endorser, general partner or other Person who may now or in the future be obligated to pay any of the liabilities under this Agreement. "Person" means any individual, business or other entity, or any governmental authority. "Related Documents" means this Agreement, the Lease, the Schedules, and any other instrument or document executed in connection with this Agreement or the Lease.

30. WAIVER OF IMMUNITY. Lessee hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any immunity (including sovereign, crown or similar immunity) and any defenses based thereon from any suit, action or proceeding or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution, exercise of contempt powers, or otherwise) in any forum with respect to this Master Lease, any Lease and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Lessor shall have and be entitled to all available legal and equitable remedies, including the right to specific performance, money damages, and injunctive and declaratory relief.

JURY WAIVER: ALL PARTIES TO THIS MASTER LEASE WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,

PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY ON ANY MATTER

WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS MASTER LEASE AND ANY LEASE.
467
151211-V1

MASTER LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Master Lease-Purchase Agreement as of the date first referenced above.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Lessee) (Lessor)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
468
151211-V1

LEASE SCHEDULE
Dated as of: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Lease No.: 1000150866
This Lease Schedule, together with its Payment Schedule, is attached and made a part of the Master Lease-Purchase Agreement described below ("Master Lease") between the Lessee and Lessor named below. All terms and conditions of the Master Lease are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms defined in the Master Lease will have the same meaning when used herein.

Master Lease-Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2024.

A. EQUIPMENT DESCRIBED: The Equipment includes all of the property described on Schedule A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof.

B. EQUIPMENT LOCATION: See Attached Schedule A-1
C. ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT: AS BETWEEN LESSEE AND LESSOR, LESSEE AGREES THAT: (a) LESSEE HAS RECEIVED AND INSPECTED ALL EQUIPMENT; (b) ALL EQUIPMENT IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND COMPLIES WITH ALL PURCHASE ORDERS, CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS; (c) LESSEE ACCEPTS ALL EQUIPMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE LEASE "AS-IS, WHERE-IS"; AND (d) LESSEE WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REVOKE SUCH ACCEPTANCE.

D. ESSENTIAL USE; CURRENT INTENT OF LESSEE: Lessee represents and agrees that the use of the Equipment is essential to Lessee's proper, efficient and economic functioning or to the services that Lessee provides to its citizens and the Equipment will be used by Lessee only for the purpose of performing its governmental or proprietary functions consistent with the permissible scope of its authority. Lessee currently intends for the full Lease Term: to use the Equipment; to continue this Lease; and to make Rental Payments if funds are appropriated in each fiscal year by its governing body.

E. RENTAL PAYMENTS; LEASE TERM: The Rental Payments to be paid by Lessee to Lessor, the interest rate at which the interest portion of the Rental Payments is calculated, the Taxable Rate, the commencement date and the Lease Term of this Lease Schedule are each set forth on the Payment Schedule attached to this Lease Schedule.

F. RE-AFFIRMATION OF THE MASTER LEASE: Lessee hereby re-affirms all of its representations, warranties and obligations under the Master Lease (including, without limitation, its obligation to pay all Rental Payments, its disclaimers in Section 7 thereof and its representations in Sections 6.1 and 16 thereof).

G. GOVERNMENT REGULATION. ANTI-CORRUPTION.
(a) Representations and Warranties Regarding Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. Lessee has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by Lessee and its officers, employees and agents with AntiCorruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and Lessee and its officers and employees and to the knowledge of Lessee its agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) Lessee or to the knowledge of Lessee any of its respective officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of Lessee, any agent of Lessee that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No advance, letter of credit, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Lease will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.
(b) Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. Lessee shall maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by Lessee and its officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
(c) Use of Proceeds. Lessee shall not use, or permit any proceeds of the Lease to be used, directly or indirectly, by Lessee or its officers, employees and agents: (1) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws; (2) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or (3) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto. 469
151211-V1

(d) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section G, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
"Anti-Corruption Laws" means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Lessee or its subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption. "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint stock association, association, bank, business trust, trust, unincorporated organization, any foreign governmental authority, the United States of America, any state of the United States and any political subdivision of any of the foregoing or any other form of entity. "Sanctions" means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State. "Sanctioned Country" means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions (as at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria). "Sanctioned Person" means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.

H. BANK QUALIFIED: LESSEE CERTIFIES (a) THAT IT HAS DESIGNATED THIS LEASE AS A "QUALIFIED TAX-EXEMPT OBLIGATION" FOR THE PURPOSES OF AND WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 265(b)(3) OF THE CODE, (b) THAT IT HAS NOT DESIGNATED MORE THAN $10,000,000 OF ITS OBLIGATIONS AS QUALIFIED TAX-EXEMPT OBLIGATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 265(b)(3) OF THE CODE FOR THE CURRENT CALENDAR YEAR AND (c) THAT IT REASONABLY ANTICIPATES THAT THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF SECTION 265 TAX-EXEMPT

OBLIGATIONS TO BE ISSUED DURING THE CURRENT CALENDAR YEAR BY LESSEE, OR BY AN ENTITY

CONTROLLED BY LESSEE OR BY ANOTHER ENTITY THE PROCEEDS OF WHICH ARE LOANED TO OR ALLOCATED TO LESSEE FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 265(b) OF THE CODE WILL NOT EXCEED $10,000,000. "Section 265 TaxExempt Obligations" are obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income of the owners thereof under Section 103 of the Code, except for private activity bonds other than qualified 501(c)(3) bonds, both as defined in Section 141 of the Code. (The next page is the signature page)
470
151211-V1

LEASE SCHEDULE

SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease Schedule as of the date first referenced above.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Lessee) (Lessor)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
471
151211-V1
SCHEDULE A-1
(Equipment List)
1 of 2
Expected Equipment Purchase Price $1,200,000.00
Net Amount Financed $1,200,000.00
Equipment Location: 1110 West Capitol Avenue
West Sacramento, CA 95691
Equipment Description: One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine

TOGETHER WITH ALL ATTACHMENTS, ADDITIONS, ACCESSIONS, PARTS, REPAIRS, IMPROVEMENTS, REPLACEMENTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS THERETO.
(The next page is the signature page)
472
151211-V1
SCHEDULE A-1
(Equipment List)
2 of 2
This Schedule A-1 is attached to the Lease Schedule 1000150866 or a Receipt Certificate/Payment Request relating to the Lease Schedule.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A
(Lessee) (Lessor)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
473
151211-V1

Payment Schedule
This Payment Schedule is attached and made a part of the Lease Schedule identified below which is part of the Master Lease-Purchase Agreement identified therein, all of which are between the Lessee and Lessor named below.

Lease Schedule No. 1000150866
Lease Schedule Dated: September 25, 2024
Accrual Date September 25, 2024
Amount Financed $1,200,000.00
Interest Rate 3.6350% per annum
Taxable Rate 4.5800% per annum
Rent Rent Rent Interest Principal Principal Termination Number Date Payment Portion Portion Balance Value
1 3/25/2025 $62,141.25 $21,810.00 $40,331.25 $1,159,668.75 $1,159,668.75 2 9/25/2025 $62,141.25 $21,076.98 $41,064.27 $1,118,604.48 $1,118,604.48 3 3/25/2026 $62,141.25 $20,330.64 $41,810.61 $1,076,793.87 $1,076,793.87 4 9/25/2026 $62,141.25 $19,570.73 $42,570.52 $1,034,223.35 $1,034,223.35 5 3/25/2027 $62,141.25 $18,797.01 $43,344.24 $990,879.11 $990,879.11 6 9/25/2027 $62,141.25 $18,009.23 $44,132.02 $946,747.09 $946,747.09 7 3/25/2028 $62,141.25 $17,207.13 $44,934.12 $901,812.97 $901,812.97 8 9/25/2028 $62,141.25 $16,390.45 $45,750.80 $856,062.17 $856,062.17 9 3/25/2029 $62,141.25 $15,558.93 $46,582.32 $809,479.85 $809,479.85 10 9/25/2029 $62,141.25 $14,712.30 $47,428.95 $762,050.90 $762,050.90 11 3/25/2030 $62,141.25 $13,850.27 $48,290.98 $713,759.92 $713,759.92 12 9/25/2030 $62,141.25 $12,972.59 $49,168.66 $664,591.26 $664,591.26 13 3/25/2031 $62,141.25 $12,078.95 $50,062.30 $614,528.96 $614,528.96 14 9/25/2031 $62,141.25 $11,169.06 $50,972.19 $563,556.77 $563,556.77 15 3/25/2032 $62,141.25 $10,242.64 $51,898.61 $511,658.16 $511,658.16 16 9/25/2032 $62,141.25 $9,299.39 $52,841.86 $458,816.30 $458,816.30 17 3/25/2033 $62,141.25 $8,338.99 $53,802.26 $405,014.04 $405,014.04 18 9/25/2033 $62,141.25 $7,361.13 $54,780.12 $350,233.92 $350,233.92 19 3/25/2034 $62,141.25 $6,365.50 $55,775.75 $294,458.17 $294,458.17 20 9/25/2034 $62,141.25 $5,351.78 $56,789.47 $237,668.70 $237,668.70 21 3/25/2035 $62,141.25 $4,319.63 $57,821.62 $179,847.08 $179,847.08 22 9/25/2035 $62,141.25 $3,268.72 $58,872.53 $120,974.55 $120,974.55 23 3/25/2036 $62,141.25 $2,198.71 $59,942.54 $61,032.01 $61,032.01 24 9/25/2036 $62,141.25 $1,109.24 $61,032.01 ($0.00) ($0.00) TOTALS $1,491,390.00 $291,390.00 $1,200,000.00
(The next page is the signature page)
474
151211-V1

Payment Schedule
Signature Page
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Payment Schedule as of the date first referenced above.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Lessee) (Lessor)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
475
160304-V2

PREPAYMENT SCHEDULE ADDENDUM
(Break Funding Premium/Lockout)
Dated as of: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Lease Schedule No.: 1000150866
Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
Reference is made to the above Lease Schedule ("Schedule") and to the Master Lease-Purchase Agreement ("Master Lease") identified in the Schedule, which are by and between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ("Lessor") and the above lessee ("Lessee"). As used herein: "Lease" shall mean the Schedule and the Master Lease, but only to the extent that the Master Lease relates to the Schedule. This Schedule Addendum amends and supplements the terms and conditions of the Lease. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein. Solely for purposes of the Schedule, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or the Lease, Lessee and Lessor agree that Lessee shall not exercise its prepayment or early purchase rights under the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 15 of the Master Lease as it relates to the Schedule) or this Addendum prior to the end of the Lock-Out Period specified below.

Lock-Out Period: the first 12 months of the Lease Term of the Schedule

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 15 of the Master Lease as it relates to the Schedule), Lessee and Lessor agree that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and continues under the Lease and so long as Lessee gives Lessor at least 30 days prior written notice (the "Notice Period"), Lessee may elect to prepay its obligations under the Schedule by paying to Lessor on the Rent Payment due date (a "Prepayment Date") following the Notice Period the total of the following (the "Prepayment Amount"): (a) all accrued Rent Payments, interest, taxes, late charges and other amounts then due and payable under the Lease; plus (b) the remaining principal balance payable by Lessee under the Schedule as of said Prepayment Date.

3. In addition to the prepayment amounts required by paragraph 1 above, a Breakfunding Charge shall be due and payable if (i) exceeds (ii) where (i) equals the interest portion of each of the Rent Payments which would have been paid if such prepayment had not occurred calculated at the interest rate swap including any forward rate swap, if any, which Lessor shall be deemed to have entered into on the earlier of (a) the date the Lease was originally funded or (b) the date a rate lock letter was signed, if any, and (ii) equals the interest portion of each of the Rent Payments which would have been paid if such prepayment had not occurred calculated at the interest rate swap which Lessor shall be deemed to have entered into on the date of prepayment (the "Replacement Swap").

4. The prepayment or early purchase option rights granted herein shall control in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the Master Lease as it relates to the Schedule. Except as expressly amended or supplemented by this Addendum and other instruments signed by Lessor and Lessee, the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect. (The next page is the signature page)
476
160304-V2

PREPAYMENT SCHEDULE ADDENDUM

SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the date first written above.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Lessee) (Lessor)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
477
151211-V1

LEASE-PURCHASE (TITLE VEHICLE) INSURANCE REQUEST LETTER

PUBLIC SECTOR
September 25, 2024
Insurance Company:____________________________
Address 1:_____________________________________
Address 2: ___________________________________
Phone #: ( ) -
Email: _________________
Dear Agent:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the "Bank") requires proof of acceptable insurance coverage before the transaction can close.

The requirements identified below must be provided to us on a Certificate of Insurance and stay in full effect throughout the term of the transaction.

1. The certificate of insurance must be issued directly to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. and shall be issued by a company having an A.M. Best Rating of at least A- with a Financial Size Category of at least VIII.

2. The certificate of insurance must be executed.

3. The insurance must be primary and without right of contribution and any insurance maintained by the Bank or any other additional insured or loss payee will be in excess and non-contributory.

4. Policies must include a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of "JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., its parent and affiliates, successors or assigns".

5. Policies must include a Severability of Interest and Cross-Liability clause.

6. Policies must include written Notice of Cancellation to the Certificate Holder/Additional Insured pursuant to the terms of the policy.

Such notice must be directed by certified mail to: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 1111 Polaris Parkway, Suite 1A (OH1- 1085), Columbus, Ohio 43240, Attn: Insurance Dept.

7. PHYSICAL DAMAGE
a. Full Coverage Physical Damage for the equipment identified on the attached Schedule A-1, which is estimated to be $1,200,000.00.
b. "JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., its parent and affiliates, successors or assigns" shall be named as Lenders Loss Payee.

8. LIABILITY
a. Auto liability coverage must be provided in the amount of $5,000,000.00. b. "JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., its parent and affiliates, successors or assigns" shall be named as Additional Insured.

Please immediately send proof of the above insurance requirements VIA EMAIL TO: [email protected].

Sincerely,

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
By:
478
160511-V6

JUDICIAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT
Dated: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Master Lease Purchase Agreement dated: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024 Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
This Judicial Reference Agreement (this "Agreement") is between the Lessee identified above (the "Customer") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the "Bank") and is executed in connection with the Master Lease Purchase Agreement identified above (the "Financing Agreement").

The parties agree as follows:

1. The term "Financing Documents" means the Financing Agreement and all other agreements, instruments and documents related to the Financing Agreement and any amendment to or replacement or substitution for any of the above. Any other defined terms used herein but not further defined have the meaning set forth in the Financing Documents.

2. THE WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL CONTAINED IN THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS ARE MATERIAL INDUCEMENTS TO THE BANK TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED THEREIN. IN THE EVENT ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING IS FILED IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (THE "COURT") BY OR

AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM

DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS, THE

TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY, OR THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY) (EACH, A "CLAIM") AND A WAIVER SET FORTH IN THE FINANCING

DOCUMENTS IS NOT ENFORCEABLE IN SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

2.1 WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE MATTERS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 2.2 BELOW, ANY CLAIM WILL BE

DETERMINED BY A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 THROUGH 645.2, INCLUDING ANY REVISION OR REPLACEMENT OF SUCH STATUTES OR RULES HEREAFTER ENACTED. THE PARTIES INTEND THIS

GENERAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT TO BE SPECIFICALLY ENFORCEABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 638, INCLUDING ANY REVISION OR REPLACEMENT OF SUCH STATUTE OR RULE HEREAFTER ENACTED. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE

PROVIDED IN THIS THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS, VENUE FOR THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING WILL

BE IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE COUNTY OR DISTRICT WHERE VENUE IS OTHERWISE APPROPRIATE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

2.2 THE FOLLOWING MATTERS SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING:
(A) NON-JUDICIAL FORECLOSURE OF ANY SECURITY INTERESTS IN REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY; (B) EXERCISE OF SELF-HELP REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SET-OFF); (C) APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER; AND (D) TEMPORARY, PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WRITS OF ATTACHMENT, WRITS OF POSSESSION, TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS OR PRELIMINARY INJUNCTIONS). THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT LIMIT THE

RIGHT OF A PARTY HERETO TO EXERCISE OR OPPOSE ANY OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

DESCRIBED IN CLAUSES (A) - (D) AND ANY SUCH EXERCISE OR OPPOSITION DOES NOT WAIVE THE RIGHT OF THE PARTIES TO A REFERENCE PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT.

2.3 UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY HERETO, THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED JUDGE OR JUSTICE. IF THE PARTIES DO NOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST, THEN, ANY PARTY HERETO MAY

REQUEST THE COURT TO APPOINT A REFEREE PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 640(B), INCLUDING ANY REVISION OR REPLACEMENT OF SUCH STATUTE OR RULE HEREAFTER ENACTED.

2.4 ALL PROCEEDINGS AND HEARINGS CONDUCTED BEFORE THE REFEREE, EXCEPT FOR TRIAL, SHALL

BE CONDUCTED WITHOUT A COURT REPORTER, EXCEPT WHEN ANY PARTY HERETO SO REQUESTS,

A COURT REPORTER WILL BE USED AND THE REFEREE WILL BE PROVIDED A COURTESY COPY OF THE TRANSCRIPT. THE PARTY MAKING SUCH REQUEST SHALL HAVE THE OBLIGATION TO ARRANGE 479
160511-V6

FOR AND PAY COSTS OF THE COURT REPORTER, PROVIDED THAT SUCH COSTS, ALONG WITH THE

REFEREE'S FEES, SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE BY THE PARTY WHO DOES NOT PREVAIL, AS DETERMINED BY THE REFEREE.

2.5 THE REFEREE MAY REQUIRE ONE OR MORE PREHEARING CONFERENCES. THE PARTIES SHALL BE

ENTITLED TO DISCOVERY, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THE RULES OF DISCOVERY, AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE IN PROCEEDINGS AT LAW IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE REFEREE

SHALL APPLY THE RULES OF EVIDENCE APPLICABLE TO PROCEEDINGS AT LAW IN THE STATE OF

CALIFORNIA AND SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAW. THE REFEREE SHALL BE EMPOWERED TO ENTER EQUITABLE AS WELL AS LEGAL

RELIEF AND RULE ON ANY MOTION WHICH WOULD BE AUTHORIZED IN A TRIAL, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, MOTIONS FOR DEFAULT JUDGMENT OR SUMMARY JUDGMENT. THE

REFEREE SHALL REPORT THE REFEREE'S DECISION, WHICH REPORT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW.

2.6 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED IN A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING PURSUANT HERETO WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. 480
160511-V6

Except as expressly amended or supplemented by this Agreement and other instruments signed by the Parties, the Financing Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute a single instrument. (The next page is the signature page)
481
160511-V6

JUDICIAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Customer) (Bank)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
482
151211-V1

VEHICLE SCHEDULE ADDENDUM
Dated As of: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Lease Schedule No: 1000150866
Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
Reference is made to the above Lease Schedule ("Schedule") to the Master Lease-Purchase Agreement identified in the Schedule ("Master Lease") by and between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. ("Lessor") and the above lessee ("Lessee"). This Addendum amends and modifies the terms and conditions of the Schedule and is hereby made a part of the Schedule. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms defined in the Master Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, as part of the valuable consideration to induce the execution of the Schedule, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to amend the Schedule as follows:

1. In the event that any unit of Equipment covered by the Schedule is a vehicle or trailer under applicable State law, then the following provisions shall also apply to the Schedule:
(a) each manufacturer's statement of origin and certificate of title shall state that Lessor has the first and sole lien on or security interest in such unit of Equipment;
(b) the public liability insurance required by the terms of clauses (b) of Section 14.1 of the Master Lease shall be in an amount not less than $5,000,000.00 combined single limit per unit per occurrence. Physical damage should not be less than the replacement cost coverage for the equipment identified on the Schedule A-1; (c) Lessee shall furnish and permit only duly licensed, trained, safe and qualified drivers to operate any such unit of Equipment, and such drivers shall be agents of Lessee and shall not be agents of Lessor; and (d) Lessee shall cause each such unit of Equipment to be duly registered and licensed as required by applicable State law with Lessor noted as lienholder, listed at address below and Lessee as owner.

Lessor’s Address:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

PO Box 6026
Chicago, IL 60680

2. Except as expressly amended by this Addendum and other modifications signed by Lessor, the Schedule remains unchanged and in full force and effect.
(The next page is the signature page)
483
151211-V1

VEHICLE SCHEDULE ADDENDUM

SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Vehicle Schedule Addendum as of the date first referenced above.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Lessee) (Lessor)
By: By:

Title: Title:Authorized Officer
484
160414-V2

RESOLUTION AND DECLARATION OF OFFICIAL INTENT
Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
Principal Amount Expected To Be Financed: $1,200,000.00 WHEREAS, the above Lessee is a political subdivision of the State in which Lessee is located (the "State") and is duly organized and existing pursuant to the constitution and laws of the State.

WHEREAS, pursuant to applicable law, the governing body of the Lessee ("Governing Body") is authorized to acquire, dispose of and encumber real and personal property, including, without limitation, rights and interests in property, leases and easements necessary to the functions or operations of the Lessee.

WHEREAS, the Governing Body hereby finds and determines that the execution of one or more lease-purchase agreements ("Equipment Leases") in the principal amount not exceeding the amount stated above ("Principal Amount") for the purpose of acquiring the property generally described below ("Property") and to be described more specifically in the Equipment Leases is appropriate and necessary to the functions and operations of the Lessee.

Brief Description Of Property: See Attached Schedule A-1 WHEREAS, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("Lessor") is expected to act as the lessor under the Equipment Leases.

WHEREAS, the Lessee may pay certain capital expenditures in connection with the Property prior to its receipt of proceeds of the Equipment Leases ("Lease Purchase Proceeds") for such expenditures and such expenditures are not expected to exceed the Principal Amount.

WHEREAS, the U.S. Treasury Department regulations do not allow the proceeds of a tax-exempt borrowing to be spent on working capital and the Lessee shall hereby declare its official intent to be reimbursed for any capital expenditures for Property from the Lease Purchase Proceeds.

NOW, THEREFORE, Be It Resolved by the Governing Body of the Lessee:

SECTION 1. Either one of the (insert title) _______________________ OR the (insert title) _____________________________ (each an "Authorized Representative") acting on behalf of the Lessee is hereby authorized to negotiate, enter into, execute, and deliver one or more Equipment Leases in substantially the form set forth in the document presently before the Governing Body, which document is available for public inspection at the office of the Lessee. Each Authorized Representative acting on behalf of the Lessee is hereby authorized to negotiate, enter into, execute, and deliver such other documents relating to the Equipment Lease (including, but not limited to, escrow agreements) as the Authorized Representative deems necessary and appropriate. All other related contracts and agreements necessary and incidental to the Equipment Leases are hereby authorized.

SECTION 2. By a written instrument signed by any Authorized Representative, said Authorized Representative may designate specifically identified officers or employees of the Lessee to execute and deliver agreements and documents relating to the Equipment Leases on behalf of the Lessee.

SECTION 3. The aggregate original principal amount of the Equipment Leases shall not exceed the Principal Amount and shall bear interest as set forth in the Equipment Leases and the Equipment Leases shall contain such options to purchase by the Lessee as set forth therein.

SECTION 4. The Lessee's obligations under the Equipment Leases shall be subject to annual appropriation or renewal by the Governing Body as set forth in each Equipment Lease and the Lessee’s obligations under the Equipment Leases shall not constitute a general obligations of the Lessee or indebtedness under the Constitution or laws of the State.

SECTION 5. The Governing Body of Lessee anticipates that the Lessee may pay certain capital expenditures in connection with the Property prior to the receipt of the Lease Purchase Proceeds for the Property. The Governing Body of Lessee hereby declares the Lessee’s official intent to use the Lease Purchase Proceeds to reimburse itself for Property expenditures. This section of the Resolution is adopted by the Governing Body of Lessee for the purpose of establishing compliance with the requirements of Section 1.150-2 of Treasury Regulations. This section of the Resolution does not bind the Lessee to make any expenditure, incur any indebtedness, or proceed with the purchase of the Property. 485
160414-V2

SECTION 6. As to each Equipment Lease, Lessee hereby designates each Equipment Lease as a "qualified tax-exempt obligation" for the purposes of and within the meaning of Section 265(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code") and Lessee reasonably anticipates that the total amount of Section 265 Tax-Exempt Obligations to be issued during the current calendar year by Lessee, or by an entity controlled by Lessee or by another entity the proceeds of which are loaned to or allocated to Lessee for purposes of Section 265(b) of the Code will not exceed $10,000,000. "Section 265 Tax-Exempt Obligations" are obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income of the owners thereof under Section 103 of the Code, except for private activity bonds other than qualified 501(c)(3) bonds, both as defined in Section 141 of the Code.

SECTION 7. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption and approval.

ADOPTED AND APPROVED on this __________________________, 20___.

The undersigned Secretary/Clerk of the above-named Lessee hereby certifies and attests that the undersigned has access to the official records of the Governing Body of the Lessee, that the foregoing resolutions were duly adopted by said Governing Body of the Lessee at a meeting of said Governing Body and that such resolutions have not been amended or altered and are in full force and effect on the date stated below.

Signature of Secretary/Clerk of Lessee
Print Name:

Official Title:

Date:
486
151211-V1

CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY
Dated: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Lease Schedule No: 1000150866
Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
I, the undersigned Secretary/Clerk identified below, do hereby certify that I am the duly elected or appointed and acting Secretary/Clerk of the above Lessee (the "Lessee"), a political subdivision duly organized and existing under the laws of the State where Lessee is located, that I have the title stated below, and that, as of the date hereof, the individuals named below are the duly elected or appointed officers of the Lessee holding the offices set forth opposite their respective names. [NOTE: Use same titles as Authorized Representatives stated in Resolutions.] Name Title Signature
Name Title Signature
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have duly executed this certificate and affixed the seal of such Lessee as of the date set forth below.

Signature of Secretary/Clerk of Lessee
Print Name:

Official Title:

Date:

NOTE: In case the Secretary/Clerk is also the authorized representative that executes a Lease-Purchase Agreement / documents by the above incumbency, this certificate must also be signed by a second officer.

Print Name: Signature:

Title:
487
151211-V1

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL
(To Be Typed on Attorney’s Letterhead Stationery)
Date: SEPTEMBER 25, 2024
Lessee: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
Lessor: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

Re: Lease Schedule No. 1000150866 dated September 25, 2024 together with its Master Lease-Purchase Agreement dated as of September 25, 2024 by and between the above-named Lessee and the above-named Lessor.

Sir/Madam:

I have acted as counsel to Lessee with respect to the Lease Schedule and its Addenda, the Master Lease-Purchase Agreement and its Addenda, and all other agreements described above or related thereto (collectively, the "Agreements") and various related matters, and in this capacity have reviewed a duplicate original or certified copy of the Agreements and such other documents as I have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion.

Based upon the examination of such documents, it is my opinion that:

1. Lessee is a political subdivision of the State of CA (the "State") duly organized, existing and operating under the Constitution and laws of the State.

2. Lessee is authorized and has power under State law to enter into all of the Agreements, and to carry out its obligations thereunder and the transactions contemplated thereby.

3. The Agreements and all other documents related thereto have been duly authorized, approved and executed by and on behalf of Lessee, and each of the Agreements is a valid and binding contract of Lessee enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent limited by State and Federal laws affecting creditor’s remedies and by bankruptcy, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights.

4. The authorization, approval and execution of the Agreements and all other proceedings of Lessee relating to the transactions contemplated thereby have been performed in accordance with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws (including open meeting laws and public bidding and property acquisition laws).

5. To the best of my knowledge, there is no litigation or proceeding pending before any court, administrative agency or governmental body, that challenges: the organization or existence of Lessee; the authority of its officers; the proper authorization, approval and execution of any of the Agreements or any documents relating thereto; the appropriation of monies to make payments under the Agreements for the current fiscal year; or the ability of Lessee otherwise to perform its obligations under the Agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby.

6. Lessee is a political subdivision of the State as referred to in Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the related regulations and rulings thereunder.

Lessor, its Assignee and any of their assigns may rely upon this opinion.

Very truly yours,
Attorney
488
151211-V1

PROCEEDS DISBURSEMENT AUTHORIZATION
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
1111 Polaris Parkway, Suite 1A (OH1-1085)
Columbus, Ohio 43240
Date: September 25, 2024
Re: Disbursements Of Proceeds Under The MASTER LEASE PURCHASE AGREEMENT Referred To Below Reference is made to that certain Master Lease Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2024 between CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO, ("Lessee") and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the "Lessor") I hereby instruct you and authorize you to disburse $1,200,000.00 to the account number(s) as specified below:

Payee #1
Wire:

Name of Bank: BAC COMMUNITY BANK
ABA No.: 121125660
Account Number: 11059724
Account Name: GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS, INC.

Amount: $1,200,000.00
Re: Golden State Fire Apparatus- Fire Pumper
By signing below, Lessee authorizes Lessor to issue checks or direct fund transfers to the payees, in the amounts, and per the instructions (if applicable) set forth above. Lessee also acknowledges that it may be responsible for paying other fees directly to third parties, such as Lessor's counsel, and making other disbursements in connection with the lease transaction per the terms of the lease documents.

Lessor may rely and act on the instructions set forth herein and shall not be responsible for the use or application of the funds, and Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lessor from and against any and all losses, costs, expenses, fees, claims, damages, liabilities, and causes of action in any way relating to or arising from acting in accordance therewith. In the event of any conflict with any other instruction set forth herein, the ABA # and Account # shall control. (The next page is the signature page)
489
151211-V1

PROCEEDS DISBURSEMENT AUTHORIZATION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lessee has caused this Proceeds Disbursement Authorization to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO
(Lessee)
By:

Title:
490
Form 8038-G
(Rev. October 2021)
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Information Return for Tax-Exempt Governmental Bonds
▶ Under Internal Revenue Code section 149(e)
▶ See separate instructions.

Caution: If the issue price is under $100,000, use Form 8038-GC. ▶ Go to www.irs.gov/F8038G for instructions and the latest information.

OMB No. 1545-0047
Part I Reporting Authority Check box if Amended Return ▶ 1 Issuer’s name 2 Issuer’s employer identification number (EIN) 3a Name of person (other than issuer) with whom the IRS may communicate about this return (see instructions) 3b Telephone number of other person shown on 3a 4 Number and street (or P.O. box if mail is not delivered to street address) Room/suite 5 Report number (For IRS Use Only) 3 6 City, town, or post office, state, and ZIP code 7 Date of issue 8 Name of issue 9 CUSIP number
10a Name and title of officer or other employee of the issuer whom the IRS may call for more information 10b Telephone number of officer or other employee shown on 10a
Part II Type of Issue (Enter the issue price.) See the instructions and attach schedule. 11 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 12 Health and hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 13 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 14 Public safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 15 Environment (including sewage bonds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 16 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 17 Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 18 Other. Describe ▶ 18
19 a If bonds are TANs or RANs, check only box 19a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ b If bonds are BANs, check only box 19b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ 20 If bonds are in the form of a lease or installment sale, check box . . . . . . . . . ▶ Part III Description of Bonds. Complete for the entire issue for which this form is being filed. 21 (a) Final maturity date (b) Issue price (c) Stated redemption price at maturity
(d) Weighted
average maturity (e) Yield
$ $ years %
Part IV Uses of Proceeds of Bond Issue (including underwriters’ discount) 22 Proceeds used for accrued interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 23 Issue price of entire issue (enter amount from line 21, column (b)) . . . . . . . . . . . 23 24 Proceeds used for bond issuance costs (including underwriters’ discount) 24 25 Proceeds used for credit enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 26 Proceeds allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement fund . 26 27 Proceeds used to refund prior tax-exempt bonds. Complete Part V . . . 27 28 Proceeds used to refund prior taxable bonds. Complete Part V . . . . 28 29 Total (add lines 24 through 28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 30 Nonrefunding proceeds of the issue (subtract line 29 from line 23 and enter amount here) . . . 30 Part V Description of Refunded Bonds. Complete this part only for refunding bonds. 31 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the tax-exempt bonds to be refunded . . . ▶ years 32 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the taxable bonds to be refunded . . . . ▶ years 33 Enter the last date on which the refunded tax-exempt bonds will be called (MM/DD/YYYY) . . ▶ 34 Enter the date(s) the refunded bonds were issued ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) For Paperwork Reduction Act Notice, see separate instructions. Cat. No. 63773S Form 8038-G (Rev. 10-2021) 491
Form 8038-G (Rev. 10-2021) Page 2
Part VI Miscellaneous
35 Enter the amount of the state volume cap allocated to the issue under section 141(b)(5) . . . . 35 36 a Enter the amount of gross proceeds invested or to be invested in a guaranteed investment contract (GIC). See instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36a b Enter the final maturity date of the GIC ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) c Enter the name of the GIC provider ▶
37 Pooled financings: Enter the amount of the proceeds of this issue that are to be used to make loans to other governmental units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 38 a If this issue is a loan made from the proceeds of another tax-exempt issue, check box ▶ and enter the following information:
b Enter the date of the master pool bond ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) c Enter the EIN of the issuer of the master pool bond ▶ d Enter the name of the issuer of the master pool bond ▶ 39 If the issuer has designated the issue under section 265(b)(3)(B)(i)(III) (small issuer exception), check box . . . . ▶ 40 If the issuer has elected to pay a penalty in lieu of arbitrage rebate, check box . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ 41 a If the issuer has identified a hedge, check here ▶ and enter the following information:
b Name of hedge provider ▶
c Type of hedge ▶
d Term of hedge ▶
42 If the issuer has superintegrated the hedge, check box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ 43 If the issuer has established written procedures to ensure that all nonqualified bonds of this issue are remediated according to the requirements under the Code and Regulations (see instructions), check box . . . . . . . . ▶ 44 If the issuer has established written procedures to monitor the requirements of section 148, check box . . . . . ▶ 45a If some portion of the proceeds was used to reimburse expenditures, check here ▶ and enter the amount of reimbursement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶
b Enter the date the official intent was adopted ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) Signature
and
Consent
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this return and accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, they are true, correct, and complete. I further declare that I consent to the IRS’s disclosure of the issuer’s return information, as necessary to process this return, to the person that I have authorized above. ▲
Signature of issuer’s authorized representative Date ▲
Type or print name and title
Paid
Preparer
Use Only
Print/Type preparer’s name Preparer’s signature Date Check if self-employed
PTIN
Firm’s name ▶
Firm’s address ▶
Firm’s EIN ▶
Phone no.

Form 8038-G (Rev. 10-2021)
492
Instructions for Form 8038-G
(Rev. October 2021)
Information Return for Tax-Exempt Governmental Bonds
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Section references are to the Internal Revenue
Code unless otherwise noted.

Future Developments
For the latest information about
developments related to Form 8038-G and
its instructions, such as legislation
enacted after they were published, go to
IRS.gov/Form8038G.

General Instructions
Purpose of Form
Form 8038-G is used by issuers of
tax-exempt governmental bonds to
provide the IRS with the information
required by section 149(e) and to monitor
compliance with the requirements of
sections 141 through 150.

Who Must File
IF the issue price
(line 21, column (b))
is...

THEN, for tax-exempt
governmental bonds
issued after December
31, 1986, issuers must
file...
$100,000 or more a separate Form 8038-G
for each issue.
less than $100,000 Form 8038-GC,
Information Return for
Small Tax-Exempt
Governmental Bond
Issues, Leases, and
Installment Sales.

When To File
File Form 8038-G on or before the 15th
day of the 2nd calendar month after the
close of the calendar quarter in which the
bond is issued. Form 8038-G may not be
filed before the issue date and must be
completed based on the facts as of the
issue date.

Late filing. An issuer may be granted an
extension of time to file Form 8038-G
under section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2002-48,
2002-37 I.R.B. 531, if it is determined that
the failure to file timely is not due to willful
neglect. Type or print at the top of the form
“Request for Relief under section 3 of Rev.

Proc. 2002-48” and attach a letter
explaining why Form 8038-G was not
submitted to the IRS on time. Also indicate
whether the bond issue in question is
under examination by the IRS. Do not
submit copies of the trust indenture or
other bond documents. See Where To File
next.

Where To File
File Form 8038-G and any attachments at
the following address.

Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
Ogden, UT 84201
Private delivery services. You can use
certain private delivery services (PDS)
designated by the IRS to meet the “timely
mailing as timely filing” rule for tax returns.

Go to IRS.gov/PDS for the current list of
designated services.

The PDS can tell you how to get written
proof of the mailing date.

For the IRS mailing address to use if
you're using PDS, go to IRS.gov/
PDSstreetAddresses.

PDS can’t deliver items to P.O.
boxes. You must use the U.S.

Postal Service to mail any item to
an IRS P.O. box address.

Other Forms That May Be
Required
For rebating arbitrage (or paying a penalty
in lieu of arbitrage rebate) to the federal
government, use Form 8038-T, Arbitrage
Rebate, Yield Reduction and Penalty in
Lieu of Arbitrage Rebate.

For private activity bonds, use Form
8038, Information Return for Tax-Exempt
Private Activity Bond Issues.

Rounding to Whole Dollars
You may show the money items on this
return as whole-dollar amounts. To round,
drop amounts under 50 cents and
increase amounts from 50 to 99 cents to
the next dollar (for example, $1.39
becomes $1 and $2.50 becomes $3).

If two or more amounts must be added
to figure the amount to enter on a line,
include cents when adding the amounts
and round off only the total.

Definitions
Bond. This is any obligation, including
bond, note, commercial paper, installment
purchase agreement, or financing lease.

Taxable bond. This is any bond the
interest on which is not excludable from
gross income under section 103. Taxable
bonds include tax credit bonds and direct
pay bonds.

Tax-exempt bond. This is any obligation,
including a bond, installment purchase

CAUTION
!
agreement, or financial lease, on which
the interest is excluded from income under
section 103.

Tax-exempt governmental bond. A
tax-exempt bond that is not a private
activity bond (see next) is a tax-exempt
governmental bond. This includes a bond
issued by a qualified volunteer fire
department under section 150(e).

Private activity bond. This includes a
bond issued as part of an issue in which:
• More than 10% of the proceeds are to
be used for any private activity
business use; and
• More than 10% of the payment of
principal or interest of the issue is
either (a) secured by an interest in
property to be used for a private
business use (or payments for such
property), or (b) to be derived from
payments for property (or borrowed
money) used for a private business
use.

It also includes a bond, the proceeds of
which (a) are to be used directly or
indirectly to make or finance loans (other
than loans described in section 141(c)(2))
to persons other than governmental units,
and (b) exceeds the lesser of 5% of the
proceeds or $5 million.

Issue price. The issue price of bonds is
generally determined under Regulations
section 1.148-1(f). Thus, when issued for
cash, the issue price is the first price at
which a substantial amount of the bonds
are sold to the public. To determine the
issue price of a bond issued for property,
see sections 1273 and 1274 and the
related regulations.

Issue. Generally, bonds are treated as
part of the same issue if they are issued by
the same issuer, on the same date, and in
a single transaction, or a series of related
transactions (see Regulations section

1.149(e)-1(e)(2)). However, bonds issued
during the same calendar year (a) under a
loan agreement under which amounts are
to be advanced periodically (a “draw-down
loan”), or (b) with a term not exceeding
270 days, may be treated as part of the
same issue if the bonds are equally and
ratably secured under a single indenture
or loan agreement and are issued under a
common financing arrangement (for
example, under the same official
statement periodically updated to reflect
changing factual circumstances). Also, for
bonds issued under a draw-down loan that
meet the requirements of the preceding
Sep 21, 2021 Cat. No. 63774D 493
sentence, bonds issued during different
calendar years may be treated as part of
the same issue if all of the amounts to be
advanced under the draw-down loan are
reasonably expected to be advanced
within 3 years of the date of issue of the
first bond. Likewise, bonds (other than
private activity bonds) issued under a
single agreement that is in the form of a
lease or installment sale may be treated
as part of the same issue if all of the
property covered by that agreement is
reasonably expected to be delivered
within 3 years of the date of issue of the
first bond.

Arbitrage rebate. Generally, interest on
a state or local bond is not tax exempt
unless the issuer of the bond rebates to
the United States arbitrage profits earned
from investing proceeds of the bond in
higher yielding nonpurpose investments.

See section 148(f).

Construction issue. This is an issue of
tax-exempt bonds that meets both of the
following conditions.

1. At least 75% of the available
construction proceeds are to be used
for construction expenditures with
respect to property to be owned by a
governmental unit or a section 501(c)
(3) organization.

2. All the bonds that are part of the issue
are qualified 501(c)(3) bonds, bonds
that are not private activity bonds, or
private activity bonds issued to
finance property to be owned by a
governmental unit or a section 501(c)
(3) organization.

In lieu of rebating any arbitrage that
may be owed to the United States, the
issuer of a construction issue may make
an irrevocable election to pay a penalty.

The penalty is equal to 11/2% of the
amount of the available construction
proceeds of the issue that do not meet
certain spending requirements as of the
close of each 6-month period after the
date the bonds were issued. See section
148(f)(4)(C) and the Instructions for Form
8038-T.

Pooled financing issue. This is an issue
of tax-exempt bonds, the proceeds of
which are to be used to finance purpose
investments representing conduit loans to
two or more conduit borrowers, unless
those conduit loans are to be used to
finance a single capital project.

Specific Instructions
Part I—Reporting Authority
Amended return. An issuer may file an
amended return to change or add to the
information reported on a previously filed
return for the same date of issue. If you
are filing to correct errors or change a
previously filed return, check the
Amended Return box in the heading of the
form.

The amended return must provide all
the information reported on the original
return, in addition to the new or corrected
information. Attach an explanation of the
reason for the amended return and write
across the top, “Amended Return
Explanation.” Failure to attach an
explanation may result in a delay in
processing the form.

Line 1. The issuer's name is the name of
the entity issuing the bonds, not the name
of the entity receiving the benefit of the
financing. For a lease or installment sale,
the issuer is the lessee or the purchaser.

Line 2. An issuer that does not have an
employer identification number (EIN)
should apply online by visiting the IRS
website at IRS.gov/EIN. The organization
may also apply for an EIN by faxing or
mailing Form SS-4 to the IRS.

Line 3a. If the issuer wishes to authorize
a person other than an officer or other
employee of the issuer (including a legal
representative or paid preparer) to
communicate with the IRS and whom the
IRS may contact about this return
(including in writing or by telephone), enter
the name of such person here. The person
listed on line 3a must be an individual. Do
not enter the name and title of an officer or
other employee of the issuer here (use
line 10a for that purpose).

Note. By authorizing a person other than
an authorized officer or other employee of
the issuer to communicate with the IRS
and whom the IRS may contact about this
return, the issuer authorizes the IRS to
communicate directly with the individual
entered on line 3a and consents to
disclose the issuer's return information to
that individual, as necessary, to process
this return.

Lines 4 and 6. If you listed an individual
on line 3a to communicate with the IRS
and whom the IRS may contact about this
return, enter the number and street (or
P.O. box if mail is not delivered to street
address), city, town, or post office, state,
and ZIP code of that person. Otherwise,
enter the issuer's number and street (or
P.O. box if mail is not delivered to street
address), city, town, or post office, state,
and ZIP code.

Note. The address entered on lines 4 and
6 is the address the IRS will use for all
written communications regarding the
processing of this return, including any
notices.

Line 5. This line is for IRS use only. Do
not make any entries in this box.

Line 7. The date of issue is generally the
first date on which the issuer physically
exchanges any bond included in the issue
for the underwriter's (or other purchaser's)
funds. For a lease or installment sale,
enter the date interest starts to accrue in
an MM/DD/YYYY format.

Line 8. If there is no name of the issue,
please provide other identification of the
issue.

Line 9. Enter the CUSIP (Committee on
Uniform Securities Identification
Procedures) number of the bond with the
latest maturity. If the issue does not have a
CUSIP number, write “None.”
Line 10a. Enter the name and title of the
officer or other employee of the issuer
whom the IRS may call for more
information. If the issuer wishes to
designate a person other than an officer or
other employee of the issuer (including a
legal representative or paid preparer)
whom the IRS may call for more
information about the return, enter the
name, title, and telephone number of such
person on lines 3a and 3b.

Complete lines 10a and 10b even
if you complete lines 3a and 3b.

Part II—Type of Issue
Elections referred to in Part II are
made on the original bond
documents, not on this form.

Identify the type of bonds issued by
entering the issue price in the box
corresponding to the type of bond (see
Issue price under Definitions, earlier).

Attach a schedule listing names and EINs
of organizations that are to use proceeds
of these bonds, if different from those of
the issuer, include a brief summary of the
use and indicate whether or not such user
is a governmental or nongovernmental
entity.

Line 18. Enter a description of the issue
in the space provided.

Line 19. If the bonds are short-term tax
anticipation notes or warrants (TANs) or
short-term revenue anticipation notes or
warrants (RANs), check box 19a. If the
bonds are short-term bond anticipation
notes (BANs), issued with the expectation
that they will be refunded with the
proceeds of long-term bonds at some
future date, check box 19b. Do not check
both boxes.

Line 20. Check this box if property other
than cash is exchanged for the bond, for
example, acquiring a police car, a fire
truck, or telephone equipment through a
series of monthly payments. (This type of
bond is sometimes referred to as a
“municipal lease.”) Also check this box if
real property is directly acquired in

CAUTION
!

CAUTION
!
-2- Instructions for Form 8038-G (Rev. 10-2021) 494
exchange for a bond to make periodic
payments of interest and principal. Do not
check this box if the proceeds of the bond
are received in the form of cash, even if
the term “lease” is used in the title of the
issue.

Part III—Description of Bonds
Line 21. For column (a), the final maturity
date is the last date the issuer must
redeem the entire issue.

For column (b), see Issue price under
Definitions, earlier.

For column (c), the stated redemption
price at maturity of the entire issue is the
sum of the stated redemption prices at
maturity of each bond issued as part of the
issue. For a lease or installment sale, write
“N/A” in column (c).

For column (d), the weighted average
maturity is the sum of the products of the
issue price of each maturity and the
number of years to maturity (determined
separately for each maturity and by taking
into account mandatory redemptions),
divided by the issue price of the entire
issue (from line 21, column (b)). For a
lease or installment sale, enter instead the
total number of years the lease or
installment sale will be outstanding.

For column (e), the yield, as defined in
section 148(h), is the discount rate that,
when used to figure the present value of
all payments of principal and interest to be
paid on the bond, produces an amount
equal to the purchase price, including
accrued interest. See Regulations section

1.148-4 for specific rules to figure the yield
on an issue. If the issue is a variable rate
issue, write “VR” as the yield of the issue.

For other than variable rate issues, carry
the yield out to four decimal places (for
example, 5.3125%). If the issue is a lease
or installment sale, enter the effective rate
of interest being paid.

Part IV—Uses of Proceeds of
Bond Issue
For a lease or installment sale, write “N/A”
in the space to the right of the title for Part
IV.

Line 22. Enter the amount of proceeds
that will be used to pay interest on the
issue accruing prior to the date of issue.

For definition of date of issue, see these
instructions, line 7.

Line 24. Enter the amount of the
proceeds that will be used to pay bond
issuance costs, including fees for trustees
and bond counsel. If no bond proceeds
will be used to pay bond issuance costs,
enter zero. Do not leave this line blank.

Line 25. Enter the amount of the
proceeds that will be used to pay fees for
credit enhancement that are taken into
account in determining the yield on the
issue for purposes of section 148(h) (for
example, bond insurance premiums and
certain fees for letters of credit).

Line 26. Enter the amount of proceeds
that will be allocated to such a fund.

Line 27. Enter the amount of the
proceeds that will be used to pay principal,
interest, or call premium on any
tax-exempt bonds, including proceeds
that will be used to fund an escrow
account for this purpose.

Line 28. Enter the amount of the
proceeds that will be used to pay principal,
interest, or call premium on any taxable
bonds, including proceeds that will be
used to fund an escrow account for this
purpose.

Part V—Description of
Refunded Bonds
Complete this part only if the bonds are to
be used to refund a prior issue of
tax-exempt bonds or taxable bonds. For a
lease or installment sale, write “N/A” in the
space to the right of the title for Part V.

Lines 31 and 32. The remaining
weighted average maturity is determined
without regard to the refunding. The
weighted average maturity is determined
in the same manner as on line 21, column
(d).

Line 34. If more than a single issue of
tax-exempt bonds or taxable bonds will be
refunded, enter the date of issue for each
refunded issue. Enter the date in an
MM/DD/YYYY format.

Part VI—Miscellaneous
Line 35. An allocation of volume cap is
required if the nonqualified amount for the
issue is more than $15 million but is not
more than the amount that would cause
the issue to be private activity bonds.

Line 36. If any portion of the gross
proceeds of the issue is or will be invested
in a guaranteed investment contract (GIC),
as defined in Regulations section

1.148-1(b), enter the amount of the gross
proceeds so invested, as well as the final
maturity date of the GIC and the name of
the provider of such contract.

Line 37. If the issue is a pooled financing
issue (as defined under Pooled financing
issue in Definitions, earlier), enter the
amount of the proceeds used to make
loans to other governmental units, the
interest on which is tax exempt.

Line 38. If the issue is a loan of proceeds
from a pooled financing issue (as defined
under Pooled financing issue in
Definitions, earlier), check the box and
where asked for the date of issue, EIN,
and name of the issuer of the master pool
bond, enter the date of issue, EIN, and
name of the issuer of the pooled financing
issue.

Line 40. Check this box if the issue is a
construction issue and an irrevocable
election to pay a penalty in lieu of
arbitrage rebate has been made on or
before the date the bonds were issued.

The penalty is payable with a Form 8038-T
for each 6-month period after the date the
bonds are issued. Do not make any
payment of penalty in lieu of arbitrage
rebate with this form. See Rev. Proc.
92-22, 1992-1 C.B. 736, for rules
regarding the “election document.”
Line 41a. Check this box if the issuer
has identified a hedge on its books and
records according to Regulations sections

1.148-4(h)(2)(viii) and 1.148-4(h)(5)(iv)
that permit an issuer of tax-exempt bonds
to identify a hedge for it to be included in
yield calculations for figuring arbitrage.

Line 42. In determining if the issuer has
super-integrated a hedge, apply the rules
of Regulations section 1.148-4(h)(4). If the
hedge is super-integrated, check the box.

Line 43. If the issuer takes a “deliberate
action” after the issue date that causes the
conditions of the private business tests or
the private loan financing test to be met,
then such issue is also an issue of private
activity bonds. Regulations section

1.141-2(d)(3) defines a deliberate action
as any action taken by the issuer that is
within its control regardless of whether
there is intent to violate such tests.

Regulations section 1.141-12 explains the
conditions to taking remedial action that
prevent an action that causes an issue to
meet the private business tests or private
loan financing test from being treated as a
deliberate action. Check the box if the
issuer has established written procedures
to ensure timely remedial action for all
nonqualified bonds according to
Regulations section 1.141-12 or other
remedial actions authorized by the
Commissioner under Regulations section

1.141-12(h).

Line 44. Check the box if the issuer has
established written procedures to monitor
compliance with the arbitrage, yield
restriction, and rebate requirements of
section 148.

Line 45a. Check the box if some part of
the proceeds was used to reimburse
expenditures. Figure and then enter the
amount of proceeds that are used to
reimburse the issuer for amounts paid for
a qualified purpose prior to the issuance of
the bonds. See Regulations section

1.150-2.

Line 45b. Subject to certain exceptions
under Regulations section 1.150-2(f), an
issuer must adopt an official intent, as
described in Regulations section

1.150-2(e), to reimburse itself for
preissuance expenditures within 60 days
after payment of the original expenditure.

Instructions for Form 8038-G (Rev. 10-2021) -3- 495
Enter the date the official intent was
adopted.

Signature and Consent
An authorized representative of the issuer
must sign Form 8038-G and any
applicable certification. Also print the
name and title of the person signing Form
8038-G. The authorized representative of
the issuer signing this form must have the
authority to consent to the disclosure of
the issuer's return information, as
necessary to process this return, to the
person(s) that have been designated in
Form 8038-G.

Note. If the issuer in Part I, lines 3a and
3b, authorizes the IRS to communicate
(including in writing and by telephone) with
a person other than an officer or other
employee of the issuer, by signing this
form, the issuer's authorized
representative consents to the disclosure
of the issuer's return information, as
necessary to process this return, to such
person.

Paid Preparer
If an authorized officer of the issuer filled in
this return, the paid preparer's space
should remain blank. Anyone who
prepares the return but does not charge
the organization should not sign the
return. Certain others who prepare the
return should not sign. For example, a
regular, full-time employee of the issuer,
such as a clerk, secretary, etc., should not
sign.

Generally, anyone who is paid to
prepare a return must sign it and fill in the
other blanks in the Paid Preparer Use Only
area of the return.

The paid preparer must:
• Sign the return in the space provided
for the preparer's signature (a
facsimile signature is acceptable),
• Enter the preparer information, and
• Give a copy of the return to the issuer.

Paperwork Reduction Act Notice. We
ask for the information on this form to carry
out the Internal Revenue laws of the
United States. You are required to give us
the information. We need it to ensure that
you are complying with these laws.

You are not required to provide the
information requested on a form that is
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
unless the form displays a valid OMB
control number. Books or records relating
to a form or its instructions must be
retained as long as their contents may
become material in the administration of
any Internal Revenue law. Generally, tax
returns and return information are
confidential, as required by section 6103.

The time needed to complete and file
this form will vary depending on the
individual circumstances. The estimated
burden for tax-exempt organizations filing
this form is approved under OMB control
number 1545-0047 and is included in the
estimates shown in the instructions for
their information return.

If you have suggestions for making this
form simpler, we would be happy to hear
from you. You can send us comments
through IRS.gov/FormComments.

Or you can write to:

Internal Revenue Service
Tax Forms and Publications
1111 Constitution Ave. NW, IR-6526
Washington, DC 20224
Do not send the form to this address.

Instead, see Where To File, earlier.
-4- Instructions for Form 8038-G (Rev. 10-2021) 496
170113-V2

SIGN UP . . . . FOR AUTOMATED BILL PAYMENT
Please complete ALL Sections and return this form:

I authorize JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. to make withdrawals from the account listed below. I understand that I control my withdrawals for payments on leases and loans. If at any time I decide to discontinue this payment service, I will notify the biller. I also understand that any future leases and loans will automatically be set up with auto debit withdrawals unless JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. elects to the contrary. All assessments and other fees payable under the leases and loans will be withdrawn with rental/installment payments unless otherwise instructed. (PLEASE PRINT)
Customer Information: Financial Institution:

Name: CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO Name:

Address: 1110 W CAPITOL AVE Address:

City: WEST SACRAMENTO City:

State: CA Zip: 95691 State: Zip:

Account Type (check one) Checking Savings

Routing /ABA Number __________________________ Account Number __________________________ (Please enclose a voided check)
Biller Information:

Your JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Account Number(s) as Shown on Agreement or Invoice. (A sign up form is required for each unique financial institution account and routing/ABA number.) 1000150866 1000 __ __ __ __ __ __ 1000 __ __ __ __ __ __ 1000 __ __ __ __ __ __ Notice to Customer - This agreement authorizes the periodic transfer of funds from your account at the financial institution listed on this sign up form by electronic means. Your rights and liabilities under this agreement are governed in part by federal laws and regulations dealing with electronic fund transfers. You should consult your agreement with the financial institution, which holds your account for a more complete disclosure of your legal rights. Withdrawal amount may change to reflect the payment schedule defined in the agreement. This authorization and change of payment method will not modify or amend the agreement, including any rights or remedies of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The biller reserves the right to discontinue this payment service at biller’s discretion and upon notice to the customer.

Authorized Signature Date Telephone No.

Do Not Enclose Payment!
Mail to: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
1111 Polaris Parkway, Suite N4 (OH1-1085)
Columbus, Ohio 43240
Phone: 1-800-678-2601 Option #2
Or
Email: [email protected]

THINGS YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT AUTOMATED BILL PAYMENT
497
170113-V2

Q. How do I sign up?
A. Complete all sections of this form, sign, enclose a voided check and mail or email to [email protected].

Q. Once I have enrolled in the automated bill payment will JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. give me notice of when my automated bill payment will begin?
A. Yes. You will be notified by mail in advance of your actual start date. Typically, it will take 4 to 6 weeks before you will begin.

Please continue to pay until notification is received.

Q. When will the payment amounts be taken out of my checking or savings account? A. The periodic payment will be deducted from your checking or savings account automatically by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. on the payment due date. If the payment due date falls on a weekend or holiday the payment will be deducted on the next business day.

Q. What if I have a question about my bill payment or want to stop the automated payment plan? A. Simply call us at 1-800-678-2601 Option #2.

Q. How can I be sure my bill has been paid?
A. Your payment will be clearly itemized on your bank's monthly account statement.

Q. Is there a charge for this service?
A. No. You are a valued customer and we offer this service free of charge.

Q. If I've already signed up, must I complete the form again? A. Only if you are adding or changing the financial institution account and/or routing/ABA numbers.

Q. How will I be billed for assessments?
A. Assessments such as personal property tax and fees will be deducted with your rental payment unless otherwise instructed by you in writing.
498
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF

WEST SACRAMENTO
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine
Attachment 2
499
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com
Attachment 2
500
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL
Attachment 2
501

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($179,863.28) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
Attachment 2
502
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of West Sacramento
2040 Lake Washington Blvd.

West Sacramento, CA 95691
Sales Consultant
Mike Martinez
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 704-7755
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/27/2024 10/11/2024 20827-24A 938 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23P-105

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine 1,126,477.75 B Fire Fighting Equipment 150,000.00
C Fire Fighting Equipment Mounting Fund 25,000.00
D Electronic Equipment Mounting Fund 2,500.00
E Discount for HGAC contract FS12-23, Model 23P-105 (53,641.80) F Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (165,773.93) G SUBTOTAL 1,084,562.02
H 8.25% State Sales Tax 89,476.37
I California Tire Fee 10.50
J 100% Payment and Performance Bond 2,901.00
K GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,176,949.89
Attachment 2
503
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 08/27/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 20827-24A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

Attachment 2
504
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
Attachment 2
505

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Attachment 2
506
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of West Sacramento
2040 Lake Washington Blvd.

West Sacramento, CA 95691
Sales Consultant
Mike Martinez
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 704-7755
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF WEST SACRAMENTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/27/2024 10/11/2024 20827-24B 938 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23P-105

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine 1,126,477.75 B Fire Fighting Equipment 150,000.00
C Fire Fighting Equipment Mounting Fund 25,000.00
D Electronic Equipment Mounting Fund 2,500.00
E Discount for HGAC contract FS12-23, Model 23P-105 (53,641.80) F SUBTOTAL 1,250,335.95
G 8.25% State Sales Tax 103,152.72
H California Tire Fee 10.50
I 100% Payment and Performance Bond 3,314.00
J GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,356,813.17
Attachment 2
507
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 08/27/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 20827-24B to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
Attachment 2
508
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 Attachment 2
509
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick-Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items Attachment 2
510
2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time Attachment 2
511
3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

Attachment 2
512
4 b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non-reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding Attachment 2
513
5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations Attachment 2
514
6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed Attachment 2
515
7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Attachment 2
516
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Attachment 2
517
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to West Sacramento Fire Department for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (5) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 8/26/2024
Customer: West Sacramento FD Bid Number: 938
Representative Martinez, Mike Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: West Sacramento Enforcer Pum
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Body: Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
Bid #: 938 1
Attachment 2
518
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc. by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within twenty five (25) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance Bid #: 938 2
Attachment 2
519
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the as close as possible including the pump panel to job 32934.  However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering.  Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. 0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper

Bid #: 938 3
Attachment 2
520
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0056880 Requirements of Apparatus
Manufacturer

APPARATUS MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing is a subsidiary of Oshkosh Truck Corporation located in Oshkosh, Wisconsin. Oshkosh Truck Corporation is a publicly held company traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE OSK). Oshkosh Truck Corporation is a fully owned and managed Corporation that is 100 percent held in the United States of America. 0092138 Highly Customized Product (HCP) PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
0536644 Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.

Bid #: 938 4
Attachment 2
521
0620362 Consortium, HGAC

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0816569 Performance Bond, Not Requested,
PPI Terms

PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED
A performance bond will not be included. If requested at a later date, one will be provided to you for an additional cost and the following will apply:

The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754 Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 201".

Bid #: 938 5
Attachment 2
522
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500#.
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd

0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0545874 SP Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
3" Jounce, ENF/AXT/Vel/Imp

SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort.  The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring.  In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.  The suspension and jounce bumpers will have increased rates to accommodate the reduced jounce travel.  These modifications will provide a stiffer ride which may affect ride quality when compared to trucks set up with standard ride height.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 2.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side.  Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0802633 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max
MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser.

Load Rtg

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 385/65R22.5 radials, 18 ply Armor Max MSA tread, rated for 20,050 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.

Bid #: 938 6
Attachment 2
523
0000310 Request for Turning Radius Report TURNING RADIUS REPORT A turning radius analysis of the custom Pierce chassis that we are proposing will be included with this proposal. This analysis will provide information on the inside turning radius, the outside turning radius, the curb to curb turning radius, and the wall to wall turning radius. 0530457 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS23-186, 24,000
lb Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-23-186, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph / 109 kph. 0565379 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
24,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 52.50" long, with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 12R22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted one (1) forward and one (1) rearward of the left side rear tire.

Bid #: 938 7
Attachment 2
524
0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900/ULC

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509206 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor™, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a 26.8 CI displacement. 0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted black #98.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587034 Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat,
2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-IP, with coalescing filter and heater. 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0000854 Air Inlet, w/Disconnect Coupling

AIR INLET
One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment.

Bid #: 938 8
Attachment 2
525
0888890 SP Outlet, Air, .25", with shut off valve,
Parker B13

AIR OUTLET
One (1) air outlet will be installed with a .25" female, Parker B13, coupling and shut off valve, located on the driver side pump panel. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0014130 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn
Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The air tank(s) will be painted black #98.

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0050221 Valve, Prk Brk, Special Location

PARKING BRAKE CONTROL VALVE LOCATION
The control valve for the parking brake will be panel position "A" to the right of the steering column per job 32934.
0808515 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lbftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber FR/Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
Power:
510 hp at 1600rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000rpm
Governed Speed:
1900 rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:

13.7L
Starter:

DP60
Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and back pressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.
0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position.

Bid #: 938 9
Attachment 2
526
0028193 Emergency Shutdown, w/Reset,
Sab/Qtm/AXT/SFR/Enf

ENGINE SHUTDOWN
An emergency engine shutdown, by means of incorporating a flapper over the engine air intake, will be provided with a pneumatic push-pull control inside the cab. Pushing the control will activate the shutdown.

Pulling the control will reset the emergency shutdown, without having to tilt the cab.

A protective guard will be supplied to avoid accidental activation. 0657451 Heater, 1500 Watt Immersion,
Thermostatically Controlled,
Shoreline

ENGINE HEATER
A 1,500 watt, 120 volt, immersion type engine heater will be installed. The AC power inlet will be connected to the shoreline. The heater is thermostatically controlled. 0002265 Guard, U-Bolt over Emergency
Shutdown

GUARD, U-BOLT OVER EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCH
A U-bolt type protective guard will installed over the emergency shutdown switch to prevent accidental activation of the emergency shutdown switch. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.

Bid #: 938 10
Attachment 2
527
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0804201 SP DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under
Cab, Paccar, Fill Dr, Treadplate
Shield,ENF

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 7.3 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted under the cab on the driver's side.

A fill inlet will be provided on the driver's side of the cab. The door will be vertically hinged and secured by a SouthCo C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch and be polished stainless steel.

A housing shield will be provided to protect the DEF tank and the surrounding insulation from road debris.
0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump

0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.

0690880 No Selection Required From This
Category
0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0632720 SP Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, THandle, 4500 EVS 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0539711 Label, TRANSynd Transmission Fluid
Only

TRANSMISSION FLUID LABEL
A label located on the transmission fluid fill access door will be provided.  The label will read "Trans Fluid TRANSynd Only".
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler,
Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.

Bid #: 938 11
Attachment 2
528
0802950 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke w/Wiper
Control, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4)-spoke design.

There will be a switch pod provided on the left side of the steering wheel between the spokes.

The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. The following switches will be provided:

Windshield wash
Wiper intermittent speed increase
Wiper intermittent speed decrease
Hi/Lo wiper speed
Wiper off
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: West
The second row of text will be: Sacramento
The third row of text will be: Fire Dept
0012245 Bumper, 19" Extended, Polished S/S,
Saber FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1)-piece, ten (1) gauge, 304-2B type polished stainless steel bumper, a minimum of

10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength.

The bumper will be extended 19.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0601418 SP Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, 12" Deep

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.50" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0759470 SP Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1)
Paddle Latch, Hose Tray, Notched

CENTER HOSE TRAY COVER
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray.

The cover will be "notched" allowing the hose to be pre connected to hose connection.

The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.

A paddle latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will hold the cover in the open position.
0778092 Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0005739 Tow Eyes, Chrome, Chicago Style,
Top of Deck

TOW EYES
Two (2) Chicago style tow eyes will be mounted through the top of the bumper extension. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius.

The tow eyes will be chrome plated.
0610660 SP Lights, Fog, JW Speaker, Model
6045, pn 0551653 Chrome ,
Recessed Into Bumper

FOG LIGHTS
There will be two (2) JW Speaker Model 6045, part number 0551653, 4.5" round LED fog lamps, with clear lenses, and chrome trim provided one (1) on each side recessed into the front bumper.

The fog lamp switch will include an internal indicator. This switch will be properly identified and installed on the switch panel with in reach of the driver. The parking, tail, side marker and license plate lamps will be activated by the headlamp switch prior to the activation of these fog lights. The fog lights will be able to switch on or off independently of the low beam headlights. The front fog lights will be reset to an off position whenever the headlight switch or the vehicle ignition switch is set to the off position. The fog lights will be deactivated when the high beam headlights are activated, when the headlight switch is turned off or when the ignition switch is turned off.

Bid #: 938 12
Attachment 2
529
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0747442 Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Spray
Insulation, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. 0887601 Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
0610508 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available
Bid #: 938 13
Attachment 2
530
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0512716 Scuffplate, Rear of Engine Tunnel

SCUFFPLATE
A bright aluminum treadplate scuffplate will be provided on the entire rear vertical surface of the engine tunnel.
0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0012226 Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 1.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0032191 Mirrors, Ramco, 8000FFHR-750,
Heated/Remote, w/Bolt-on Convex,
Door Mount

MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model 8000FFHR-750, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be 9.25" wide x 13.50" high with a full flat face. An additional convex section will be bolted to the top of each mirror. The mirror head will have a highly polished aluminum finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be adjusted manually.

Bid #: 938 14
Attachment 2
531
0648173 Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 75.50" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30" wide x 75.50" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.
0655537 Door Panel, Polished Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of polished stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0633615 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0560452 Steps, Stirrup, Formed, Cab & Crew
Cab Doors, AXT/SFR/Enf

STIRRUP STEPS
A stirrup step will be provided below each cab and crew cab door. The steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material providing support, slip resistance, and drainage. The steps will be a bolt-on design and provide a 5.00" deep stepping surface. Each step will provide a step height of 8.25" from the top of the stirrup step to the first step of the cab.

The stirrup step will be lit by an On Scene Solutions Access, Model 73012, 12 volt DC LED light provided on the step.

The step light will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body step lights.
0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings.

Bid #: 938 15
Attachment 2
532
0558101 Handrail, 10" on Cab Below
Windshield, Single
HANDRAIL (Front of Cab)
A 10.00" long x 1.25" diameter, handrail will be mounted on the front of the cab centered below the windshield. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.
0637984 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high.
0786279 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786284 Window Tint, Behind Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786299 Window Tint, Behind Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0811700 SP Compt, Officers Step, SFR/Enf STORAGE COMPARTMENT Provided on the officer's side of the cab, in the step area, will be a storage compartment. The compartment will be 11.50" wide x 9.50" high x 11.50" deep. The compartment will have a drop down hinged treadplate door with a D-ring handle. The compartment will be painted to match the cab interior.
0618193 Storage Pockets, Elastic Cover,
Recessed, Overhead Switch Panel,
Saber FR/Enf

RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be approximately 6.00" wide x 2.12" high and will be constructed of aluminum. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. There will be two (2) pockets installed as per AD print. Pockets will only be installed in overhead locations where there is available depth behind the panel.
0899698 SP Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Sp Center
Console, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted black.

The center console will increase in height for an additional row of three (3) switch panel locations.

These switch panel locations will be locations #15, #16, and #17.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0664452 Bracket, Air Bottle, Zico, ULLH, Load
& Lock

AIR BOTTLE HOLDER(S)
There will be one (1) Ziamatic, Model ULLH, SCBA holder(s) with a LLS, collision restraint holding strap, provided in the crew cab. The bracket will be a one (1) size fits all style and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30-minute to the high pressure 60-minute.

The bracket(s) will be located on the DS on the rear wall, outboard of the seat at 10.50" (center of bracket) from side wall. Similar to job 32934. See Photo's provided by the customer located in the job E folder.
0607217 Mounting Provisions, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A 0.188" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .50" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0754127 SP Platform, 3 H, Computer Mounting,
Aluminum, Recessed Dash, Officer

COMPUTER MOUNTING PLATFORM
There will be a mounting platform located forward of the officer. The plate will be as wide as possible in the dash panel recess x 3.00" high.

The mounting platform will be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Bid #: 938 16
Attachment 2
533
0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with red 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz red vinyl.
0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0722696 HVAC, Standard-Duty, Enforcer,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a formed plastic cover.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.

Bid #: 938 17
Attachment 2
534
0624005 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, AXT, Qtm,
SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
There will be two (2) vinyl covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0737247 SP Box, 2 Glove Boxes, 2 Cup Holders,
Pen, Open Storage, 24.75 W x 19.00
L x 4 D

GLOVE BOXES AND CUP HOLDERS
There will be a storage console provided on the engine tunnel. It will be mounted in the center of engine tunnel accessible by both the driver and officer.

The overall size of the storage area will be 24.75" wide x 19.00" long x 4.00" deep. The storage area will be divided into multiple areas separated by partitions to prevent items from entering other areas.

On the front, at each end, there will be a 3.75" diameter cup holder provided. A space for a handle will be provided to the outboard side of each cup holder. Between the cup holders will be a bin 14.50" wide x 4.00" long x 3.00" deep. Behind each cup holder will be an open area for radio storage. To the rear of the radio storage will be glove box storage. The radio storage area will be 5.50" wide x 3.00" long x 4.00" deep. The glove box storage will be 5.50" wide x 10.50" long x 4.00" deep. The glove boxes will be set in place with access to the gloves from the top.

Between the gloves in the center will be a bin that is 13.25" wide x 14.50" long x 4.00" deep.

The box will be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. The corners and edges will be welded and caulked prior to paint in order to provide a smooth finished appearance. 0002508 Map Box, 3 Bin/30 deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open at top. The map box(es) will be installed at final inspection. The map box(es) will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box(es) will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622617 Seating Capacity, 6 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be six (6).
0819031 SP Seat, Driver, USSC, Valor, Magnus,
Air Ride, R-Back, Sp Trvl, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor Magnus air suspension R-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position and

2.00" of vertical travel. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to 45 degrees forward.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat. 0795056 Seat, Officer, USSC, Valor, Fixed,
SCBA, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT
A USSC, Valor, SCBA fixed seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 0.75" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat.

Bid #: 938 18
Attachment 2
535
0620420 Radio Compartment, Below Non-Air
Ride Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat.

The inside compartment dimensions will be 16.00" wide x 7.50" high x 15.00" deep, with the back of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure.

A drop-down door with one (1) lift and turn latch will be provided for access.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0795811 Seat, Rr Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd, USSC,
Valor, SCBA, 17" Btm, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, USSC Valor, SCBA seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0795803 Seat, Rr Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd, USSC,
Valor, SCBA, 17" Btm, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, USSC Valor, SCBA seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers. 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, LS Outboard
0818745 SP Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (2) USSC,
Valor, R-Back,Fold &
Hold,Riser,SECONDARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (2) forward facing, USSC Valor seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. The seat backs will be a R-back style with an adjustable recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with 17.00" deep cushions. The seats will include a fold and hold feature where the seat stays in the seated or folded position.

To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seats will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Center Seat Riser
A seat riser compartment will be provided in the center forward facing position. There will be one (1) drop down door, painted to match the cab interior with two (2) non-locking flush lift and turn latches provided on the front of the forward facing seat riser. 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, RS Outboard
0625186 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All
ValorTechXD (Cordura), USSC,
CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be red, sewn with black stitching, ValorTechXD anti-microbial material. 0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

There will be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets.
0613020 Inserts, Back Rest For USSC SCBA
Seats

BACK REST INSERTS
Provided with the USSC SCBA seats will be back rest inserts which covers the SCBA cavity.

The insert covers will be padded and covered with same material as the seat.

A total of one (1) insert covers will be provided.

Bid #: 938 19
Attachment 2
536
0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, 808* series, dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0628471 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson
M371S LED, Rectangula w/Switch

ADDITIONAL OVERHEAD MAP LIGHT
There will be two (2) additional rectangular based adjustable map light(s) with white LEDs installed in the cab and located (1) one light over the driver seat, and (1) light over the officer seat in the standard locations..

Each light will include a switch on the light housing.

The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0727540 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model
20**4GT, LED, 1 Lt

CAB SPOTLIGHT
There will be one (1) Golight/RadioRay®, Model 20**4GT, white LED spotlight located on the cab roof, Centered on the cab roof behind the light bar to match previous truck, 32934.. The spotlight will be mounted on a painted pedestal.

This light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0650074 Controller, Spotlight, Golight, Wired
Dash Mount, 1 Lt

SPOTLIGHT CONTROLLER
There will be one (1) wired dash mounted remote provided for the spotlight. 0649964 Location, Spotlight Controller,
Officer's Side

SPOTLIGHT CONTROLLER LOCATION
The remote to control each spotlight will be located within reach of the officer. 0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Bid #: 938 20
Attachment 2
537
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out Bid #: 938 21
Attachment 2
538
at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should Bid #: 938 22
Attachment 2
539
more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0627387 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
T0R00FRR LED
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be a Whelen®, Model T0R00FRR, 2.00" red flashing LED light with black trim located in the driving compartment illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802946 Wiper Control, 2-Speed
w/Intermittent, Steering Wheel, Left
Pod, SFR/Enf

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located in the left hand pod of the steering wheel. 0820904 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate RS2 in the back upper right hand corner (Match job 32934).

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 938 23
Attachment 2
540
0820906 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the ignition switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate between the two (2) forward facing seats just above the seat riser so a plug will fit between the seats just forward of the seat belt (stacked fore and aft) Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0820907 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area
Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0820921 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Term, Blue Sea 1045, Batt Dir, 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be AS per IP layout.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems, part number 1045, dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
0821230 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 CKT
FB, Blue Sea 5025 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate inside the electrical panel on the dog house per job 32934.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar.  The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821232 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate inside the LS portion of the forward facing seat base, mount at final inspection.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar.  The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821233 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 3rd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate inside the RS portion of the forward facing seat base, mount at final inspection.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar.  The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 938 24
Attachment 2
541
0821470 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination 1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be AS per IP layout.

Termination will be a dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0728163 SP Switch Panel Modification, Pump
Shift, Sab/Enf

SWITCH PANEL MODIFICATION, PUMP SHIFT
The pump shift switching on the instrument panel will be moved to a non-standard location. The switching will left of steering column.
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB,
Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed per switch panel layout. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located on the left side of the cab.

The following Jensen features will be included:
180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4)
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with 30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Bid #: 938 25
Attachment 2
542
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

Bid #: 938 26
Attachment 2
543
0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degrees Celsius to 85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0753186 SP Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ and
Overhead Disply Seat Belt Mtr, Port
DS Undr Dash

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0735095 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Dual
Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, 3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A four (4) position intercom system with dual radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote push to transmit buttons located Off of the inboard shoulder of each outboard seat in the crew cab area will be provided. Two (2) crew cab positions, located at both forward facing seats, will have radio listen / intercom only.

The following David Clark components will be supplied with this system:

Two (2) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Modules
Two (2) U3816 Dual Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer) Four (4) Remote Transmit button kits
One (1) U3800 Intercom Unit (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power Cable.

One (1) U3801 Intercom Unit (1 Crew)
All necessary cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to Motorola APX 6500 .

Bid #: 938 27
Attachment 2
544
0589947 Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be six (6) over the head, headset(s) provided two in the cab and two in the crew cab at the forward facing seats, two shipped loose..

Each David Clark, Model H3432, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side inboard forward facing seat and passenger's side inboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0597940 Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio Speaker(s)

TWO WAY RADIO SPEAKER INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio speakers sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred third party installer to be installed Install location determined at midpoint inspection.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559156 Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed VHF in panel 5 and 800 in panel 6 per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
0660489 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Fill
in Blank Mounting and Cable
Locations

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be two (2) standard 1.125", 18 thread, NMO type antenna mounting base(s) installed one on the DS and one on the PS on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed within the cab / crew area to routed to the radios . A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control in the blank panel to the right of the steering column.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0511071 Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be one (1) aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located centered at rear below handrail, above rear compartment. 0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

Bid #: 938 28
Attachment 2
545
The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a white WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

Bid #: 938 29
Attachment 2
546
EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet &
On-scene Management, AT&T
Commercial

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure AT&T 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 3 year subscription.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone™ diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60-day grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60-day grace period. By selecting this option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement. Customers will be provided with an initial login at the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the 60-day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.

Bid #: 938 30
Attachment 2
547
0089703 Batteries, (6) Interstate Grp 31, 950
CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (6) 12 volt group 31 Interstate batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA (cold cranking amps)
195 reserve capacity
High cycle
Maintenance free
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1170 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded studs
0615563 Battery System, Single Start, Kissling
Red Switch, Saber FR/Enforcer

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a Kissling, red master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0817531 Charger, Sngl Sys, Newmar, EV-40,
023-5353-1 Indicator

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Newmar, Model EV-40, battery charger with a Newmar, Model 023-5353-1, meter indicating the state of charge.

The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries.

The charger will include a 15 amp battery saver connection to charge hand lights, batteries, radios or power a 12 volt compressor.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger.
0814901 Location, Body, Charger, LS3 The battery charger will be located in LS3, left side body compartment, mounted on the ceiling as far to the left side as practical.
0817530 Panel, Charger Display, Included
w/Charger
0814945 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Step Area
The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016837 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Straight Blade
NEMA 5-20

SHORELINE
There will be one (1) 20 amp 120 volt AC straight blade inlet(s) NEMA 5-20 with gray cover(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline will be connected to battery charger and block heater.

A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

Bid #: 938 31
Attachment 2
548
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab
FR

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0750542 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Truck-Lite 60421Y LED
2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 60421Y, amber LED lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.

A stainless steel trim will be included with this installation. 0734348 Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side Wln
0SA00MCR 2 Lts, Others With Visor
Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model 0SA00MCR, 1.00" high x 1.50" wide x 0.50" deep clearance lights with amber LEDs, clear lenses and chrome housings provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

One (1) light installed on the left side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the front as practical.

One (1) light installed on the right side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the front as practical.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light.

Bid #: 938 32
Attachment 2
549
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0090155 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 35200R, LED lights used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 35200R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 35200R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804761 Lights, Tail, Wln 604BTT* Red LED
Stop/Tail & 604T Amb LED Dir For
Housing

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
There will be the following stop/tail and directional lighting provided at the rear of the truck:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model 604BTT*, red LED stop/tail lights Two (2) Whelen, Model 604T, amber LED directional lights The light heads will have color lenses
The lights will be mounted in a polished combination housing. 0804764 Lights, Backup, Wln 604BU, LED for
Wln 3 & 4 housing
Two (2) Whelen®, Model 604BU, LED backup lights will be provided. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0069412 Bezels, Wln, (2) PLAST4V, For Mtg
(4) Wln 600 Lts

LIGHTING BEZEL
Two (2) Whelen, Model PLAST4V, four (4) light chrome plated composite plastic housings will be provided for the rear stop/tail, directional, scene lights and warning 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0687604 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Truck-Lite
6060C LED 4Dr, Grommet Mt

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Truck-Lite, Model 6060C, white LED lights with grommets provided, one (1) for each cab and crew cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0617866 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
Truck-Lite 6060C LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 6060C, white LED lights with grommets provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights.

Bid #: 938 33
Attachment 2
550
0683575 Lights, Perimeter Body, Truck-Lite
6060C LED 2ts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 6060C, white LED lights with grommets provided under at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied. 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0556337 Lights, Step, P25 LED at Rear
Tailboard, 2lts Perm Lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be two (2) white LED step lights will be provided at the rear to illuminate the tailboard/step area.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated with the perimeter scene lights.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0756434 Guard, Aluminum Treadplate,
Whelen Summit Light bar, Location

LIGHT GUARD
There will be two (2) aluminum treadplate guard(s), provided to protect the Whelen Summit light bar(s), located on the side of the body, one (1) for lightbar on catwalk centered over left rear wheels and one (1) for lightbar on catwalk centered over the right rear wheels. . 0749661 Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S72M**, 72.00" long 32,400 lumens DC powered light provided on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (2) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (3) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (4) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be four (4) scene light modules with white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0727946 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
RS Cab, Mt Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the cab roof located, RS cab roof centered above the crew cab door under the warning light. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with universal horizontal mounts.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0727947 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
LS Cab, Mt Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, LS cab roof centered above the crew cab door under the warning light. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with universal horizontal mounts.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 938 34
Attachment 2
551
0731738 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC,
Rear Body ID Lts Not Con

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the rear face of the body located, Rear body, on top of traffic advisor.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights that are not activated at any time.

Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) warning light modules with red LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in a recessed cup located at the driver's side rear bulkhead.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, On RS body catwalk, centered on rear wheels, outboard and under hard suction trough. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, On LS body catwalk, centered on rear wheels, outboard and under hard suction trough. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0645877 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED
Light Strips

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the hose bed area. Hose Bed lights will meet the photometric levels listed in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards for Hose Bed lighting requirements.

Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the left side of the hose bed.

Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the right side of the hose bed.

The lights will be activated when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0762433 Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas, Front Sheet

WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be One (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) provided in the cargo area to illuminate the interior surface of the cargo area. Light(s) will be located on the front sheet of the body above the cargo area.

The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060111 Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd
Gen
Bid #: 938 35
Attachment 2
552
0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

0028244 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0023412 Drain, Tank - 1.50" TANK DRAIN
A 1.50" tank drain will be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled.
0034425 Modified Poly Tank for Folding Tank,
Ladder Storage or Backboards

0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank

SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK
One (1) sleeve will be provided in the water tank for a 3.00" pipe to the rear. 0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
Bid #: 938 36
Attachment 2
553
0126632 Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of 12-gauge galvanneal steel.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish will not be acceptable.

The upper area at the rear of the hose bed will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate left side 600' of 5" hose, 600' of 2.50" hose, 400' of 2.5" hose, 250' of 2.5" hose. Hosebed to be 28.25" deep from top of water tank.. 0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Three (3) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0815205 Cover, Hose Bed, Roller Shutter HOSE BED COVER
A roller shutter style hose bed cover will be supplied.

The cover will be the full length and width of the hose bed area.

The cover will be constructed of stainless steel with aluminum support channels bonded and mechanically fastened to the bottom. The cover will have a non-slip coating applied to the top surface.

A lift bar will be located at the rear of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame to hold the door in the closed position.

A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed to section off the door roll area. 0807336 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl,
Rear, Separate From Top
At the rear of the hose bed, a red vinyl flap will be provided with quarter turn at the top. At the bottom of the flap, StayPut shock cord loop with pull tab will be provided. The bottom of the flap will be not weighted.
0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced 0.50" away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689621 Tailboard, 16" Deep TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 16.00" deep.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0642734 SP Wall, Rear, Smooth Alum/Body
Material, Painted Bulkheads

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The rear facing surfaces of the bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be finish painted to match the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0889214 Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques.

Bid #: 938 37
Attachment 2
554
0818700 SP Storage, Rear, Hose, Smooth Alum
Door (Menasha)

REAR HOSE STORAGE
An enclosure for hose storage will be provided at the rear of the apparatus on the tailboard. The compartment will be designed to accommodate a 25.00' roll of 5.00" Angus hose. The compartment will have a smooth aluminum door with a D-handle latch latch. The enclosure will consist of a single piece of aluminum treadplate forming the top and one wall of the enclosure.

The tailboard, rear compartment wall and side compartment walls will make up the other sides of the enclosure.
0590926 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Velcro Straps

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. Two (2) hose trays will be located one (1) in each side running board.
0014112 Tray, Hose, Running Board, Special
Capacity, Predefined

HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays will be recessed one (1) in each side running board.

Capacity of the tray will be 25' of 5.00" hose.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
0895816 Construction, Compt, Galv, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be 12-gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include 0.375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with 0.625" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat or equivalent to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis, unsupported, will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00", simulating the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn while at 20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request.

Bid #: 938 38
Attachment 2
555
0073606 SP LS 136" Lap, (2) Liftup, 13"FF Full
Height Beavertail Compt

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A vertically hinged, single door compartment in the lower area ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 30.00" wide x 28.00" high.

A positive door holder will be furnished with this compartment.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment in the upper area ahead of the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 64.00" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 59.50" wide x 28.25" high.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two (2) gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment in the upper area behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 71.63" wide x

32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 59.50" wide x 28.25" high.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two (2) gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism.

A vertically hinged, single door compartment in the lower area behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 31.50" wide x 34.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 30.00" wide x 29.00" high.

A positive door holder will be furnished with this compartment.

A vertically hinged beavertail compartment will be located at the rear of the body. The interior dimensions will be 13.00" wide x 65.00" high x 12" deep. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 62.00" high x 10.13" wide.

A positive door holder will be furnished with this compartment. 0065096 SP RS 136" Lap, (2) Liftup, 13"FF Full
Height Beavertail Compartment

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of five lap door compartments.

A vertically hinged, single door compartment in the lower area ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.63" wide x 27.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment in the upper area, ahead of the rear wheels, will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 64.00" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment in the upper area, behind the rear wheels, will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 71.50" wide x 32.88" high x

12.00" deep. The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x

27.00" high.

A vertically hinged, single door compartment in the lower area behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 31.75" wide x 34.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.63" wide x 28.88" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 13.25" wide x 67.63" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 10.13" wide x 62.00" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up doors will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.

Bid #: 938 39
Attachment 2
556
0063911 Doors, Lap w/ "D" Handles - Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. The doors will be made out of the same material as the body. To provide additional door strength a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of

0.25" that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners.

All door locking mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and FMVSS approved door locking mechanisms.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0083696 Compt, Rear, Double Door, 44.50"
FF, 25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A vertically hinged, double door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 47.38" high x 25.88" deep. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling.

The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be 32.00" wide x 42.63" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

Each of the vertically hinged compartment doors will be provided with a positive door holder. 0073910 Doors, Lap w/"D" Handles-Rear
Compt

REAR COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. To provide additional door strength, a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of

0.25", that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. A strip of dielectric isolation tape will be provided between the hinge and the door jamb.

All door lock mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and Eberhard 106 locks.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0554995 No Body Modification Required

0818486 SP Scuffplate, Rear of Hose Bed,
Polished S/S IPO Brushed S/S

SCUFFPLATE
Polished stainless steel scuffplates will be provided at the rear of the hose bed in place of the brushed stainless scuffplates provided as standard.
0003915 Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock to Match Cab)

KEYED LOCK(S)
A keyed lock will be furnished for 13 compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a keyed lock, will be all compartments to include the ladder storage (option #0513033) and rear "Menasha" storage compartment (option #0567777).
0731558 Pull Strap for Liftup Doors LIFTUP DOOR PULL STRAPS There will be four (4) compartment doors provided with pull straps. The pull straps will be 12.00" long and black in color.

The straps will be installed directly to the inside of the liftup door.

The liftup door compartments to have these straps will be LS3, LS4, RS3, RS4. 0003919 Reverse Hinge Compartment Door REVERSE HINGED DOOR The one (1) compartment door, located on the LS5 compartment(s), will have the hinge located opposite of the standard location.
0004010 Scuffplate, Polished S/S Bottom of
Door Frame

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
Eleven (11) scuffplates will be provided for the lower door frame of all exterior compartment doors. Each scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a .38" lip down.

Bid #: 938 40
Attachment 2
557
0004012 Scuffplate, Polished S/S, Inside Each
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The 11 compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.

Scuffplate will be located All exterior compartment doors - same as bottom door frame material. 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be eleven (11) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0761022 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Amdor AYLB-12HW020 Brkt CARGO/DUNNAGE AREA LIGHTING There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 20.00" 12 volt DC strip light(s) with white LEDs and 45 degree aluminum housing to illuminate the cargo area. The light(s) will be located, LS bottom of wall on 45 degree bracket lighting upward at the hose reel.

The light will be activated by a switch at the left side pump panel. 0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be nine (9) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5, RS2, RS3, RS4 and B1. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be ten (10) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be in RS2 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS4 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS3 in the upper third, in LS3 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS4 centered between the floor and ceiling, in B1 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS1 in the lower third, in LS2 in the lower third, in LS5 in the upper third and in LS1 in the upper third.
0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be LS5.
0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp,
Compartment Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in ten (10) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, all compartments except LS5 with the tray.

The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be black.
0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Shelving Only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 11 shelves. The locations are, all ten shelves and the one floor tray.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be black.

Bid #: 938 41
Attachment 2
558
0755526 Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Special

PEGBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum pegboard spatter gray painted installed on the back wall of one (1) compartments. It will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The holes will be .281" diameter , punched 1.00" on center.

The pegboard will be located in the RS3 and mounted full width (side to side) and starting at the floor and extending up 15.00" high on the back wall (water tank wall). Note the adjustable shelf in this compartment sits right on top of the pegboard (SEE PHOTOS from job 32934). 0004020 Rub Rail, Stainless Steel

RUB RAIL
The bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright stainless steel rub rail.

The rub rail will be 2.00" high and extend 1.00" away from the body, with slanted ends to provide a pleasing appearance.

These rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A aluminum painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0816944 Hose, Hard Suction, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.

There will be Two (2) lengths of 10' long x 6.00" diameter hose provided and equipped with long handle couplings provided on the ends.
0004095 Troughs, HSH, (1), Each Side, Steel HOSE TROUGHS Hard suction hose will be carried in two (2) V-shaped troughs, one (1) each side, and held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps.

Troughs will be constructed of steel and painted job color. 0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard

HANDRAILS
One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 0626125 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed,
Special Location
One (1) horizontal knurled aluminum handrail will be below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus full width of B1 per job 32934 .
0004154 Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (2) handrails, 10.00" long, will be mounted one (1) each side on the side sheet top flange rearward per job 32934. The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0618783 SP Compt, Air Bottle, Single, Double
Door, Fender Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the left side rearward of the rear wheels. The full width double door to cover the air bottle opening and the fuel fill access. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting and strap loop(s) to contain air bottle(s) and/or extinguisher(s) will be provided.

Bid #: 938 42
Attachment 2
559
0657651 Compt, Air Bottle, Double, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Double)
A quantity of three (3) air bottle compartments, 15.25" wide x 7.75" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels, on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. 0512553 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-Sect,
w/Kernmantle Rope

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 900-A extension ladder provided. The ladder will have Kermantle rope IPO Hemp Rope. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. 0787027 Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS,
Extended Rear, Enclosed, RPH,
Special Mounting

LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments.

The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges.

The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body.

Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides.

If the apparatus does not have a flush rear wall, an aluminum enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders. This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments.

The ladders will be stored 14' ladder is to be the inboard most ladder (ladder closet to the center of the truck and inboard of the 24' ladder) the 24' ladder is to be outboard of the roof ladder, and the "fly" section is to be "inboard" towards the center of the truck.

The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D-handle latch to access the ladders.
0767846 SP Trough, S/S, For 8' Folding Ladder
Storage

LADDER STORAGE, FOLDING LADDER
Mounting provisions will be provided for a Duo Safety model 585A 8' folding ladder and installed inside the ladder storage compartment. NOTE PLEASE MAKE THIS TROUGH WITH A CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSION OF 107.00" PER CUSTOMER REQUEST .
0034246 SP Ladder, 8' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 8.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed in the pike pole/folding ladder compartment.
0733796 Trough, Folding Ladder, Ladder
Storage Btwn Tank & S.Sht

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for folding ladders stored between the side sheet in a stainless steel trough in the ladder storage compartment. 0725371 Compt w/Door, Backboard, Over
Pump

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A transverse area over the pump and rearward of the crosslays will hold two (2) storage troughs.

A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length.

The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate door(s) with a pair of lift and turn latches. The door(s) will be hinged along the rearward edge.

The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 73.00" long x 18.00" wide x 3.00" high. 0816920 Pike Pole, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be one (1) pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Fire Hooks Unlimited 10' pike pole.
0548260 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Fiberglass, YPD6, Featherlight PIKE POLE, 6' One (1) pike pole 6' long with a Nupla Featherlight fiberglass handle will be provided. 0051413 SP Compt, (3) Pike Poles Below Tank
Tee, PVC Tubes, LS, Spcl Heads

PIKE POLE COMPARTMENT
One (1) pike pole compartment will be provided, recessed below the tank tee in the rear of body, on the left side. The compartment will be equipped with two (2) PVC tubes to hold two (2) pike poles. One (1) trough for the D-handle rubbish hook. The brand and style of pike poles that will be installed in the compartment are (1) 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited New York Roof & Pry Hook RH-6, (1) 10' San Francisco Hook FH-10 and (1) 6' Nupla Rubbish hook w/D handle. Match job 32934.

The door will be smooth aluminum and have a lift and turn latch.

Bid #: 938 43
Attachment 2
560
0004375 Bell, 12" Chrome w/Eagle

BELL
A chrome plated, 12.00" bronze cast bell, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger's side of the front bumper extension. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab.
0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side and right side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592995 Steps, Combo Folding Trident w/LED
& Corner, Rear Body

REAR STEPS
Aluminum treadplate corner steps and bright finished, non-skid folding steps will be provided at the rear. The folding steps will have a a black tread coating. Each folding step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The folding steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. All steps will provide adequate surface for stepping. 0007575 Pump House, Side Control, 48",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation.

The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0035500 Raised Pump House Structure, Side
Control
Bid #: 938 44
Attachment 2
561
0014441 Pump, Hale, QMAX-150, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage

MIDSHIP FIRE PUMP
Midship fire pump will be a Hale QMAX-150, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharges at the pressures indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
- 100% of rated capacity at 165 psi net pump pressure.
- 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
- 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Entire pump and both suction and discharge passages will be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 500 psi.

Pump will be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance requirements as outlined by the current edition of applicable NFPA standards and will be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration.

Pump body and related parts will be of fine grain, alloy cast iron with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi (2041.2 bar).

All moving parts in contact with water will be of high quality bronze or stainless steel.

Pump body will be horizontally split, on a single plane in two (2) sections, for easy removal of entire impeller assembly, including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump, without disturbing pump piping or the mounting of the pump in the chassis.

Pump will have one (1) double suction impeller. The pump body will have two (2) opposed discharge volute cutwaters to eliminate radial unbalance.

Pump impeller will be hard, fine grain bronze of the mixed flow design, accurately machined, hand-ground, and individually balanced. The vanes of the impeller intake eyes will be handground and polished to a sharp edge. They will be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower.

Impeller clearance rings will be bronze and easily renewable without replacing impeller or pump volute body. They will be of the wrap-around double labyrinth design for maximum efficiency.

Pump shaft will be electric furnace heat-treated, corrosion resistant stainless steel. It will be super-finished under packing with galvanic corrosion (zinc separators in packing) protection for longer shaft life. Pump shaft will be sealed with double oil seal to keep road dirt and water out of drive unit.

Pump shaft will be rigidly supported by three (3) bearings for minimum deflection. A high lead bronze sleeve bearing will be located immediately adjacent to the impeller (on the side opposite of the drive unit). The sleeve bearing will be automatically oil lubricated and pressure balanced to exclude foreign material. The remaining bearings will be heavy-duty, deep groove ball bearings in the gearbox and will be splash lubricated.
0014482 Seal, Mechanical, Hale MECHANICAL SEAL ON PUMP
Only one (1) mechanical seal will be used on the suction (inboard) side of the pump. The mechanical seal will be 2.00" in diameter and will be spring loaded, maintenance-free, and selfadjusting.

The mechanical seal construction will be a carbon sealing ring, stainless steel coil spring, Viton® rubber boot, and a tungsten carbide seat with a Teflon backup seal. 0014477 Trans, Pump, Hale, Gear

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The drive unit will be cast and completely manufactured and tested at the Hale Products, Inc. factory. The pump drive unit will be of sufficient size to withstand up to 16,000 foot/ pounds of torque from the engine in both the road and pump operating conditions. The drive unit is will be designed with ample lubrication reserve to maintain the proper operating temperature.

The gearbox drive shafts will be of heat treated chrome nickel steel and 2.75" in diameter on both the input and output drive shafts. They will be designed to withstand the full torque of the engine in both road and pump operating conditions.

All gears, both drive and pump, will be of the highest quality, electric furnace, chrome nickel steel.

Bores will be ground to size and teeth integrated, crown-shaved and hardened, to give an extremely accurate gear for long life, smooth, quiet running and higher load carrying capability.

An accurately cut spur design will be provided to eliminate all possible end thrust.

Pierce Manufacturing will select the pump ratio to provide the maximum performance with the engine and transmission selected. Three (3) green warning lights will be provided to indicate to the operator(s) when the pump has completed the shift from Road to Pump position. Two (2) lights will be located in the truck driving compartment and one (1) light on pump operator's panel adjacent to the throttle control.
0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0604324 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Hale

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged and the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements.

Bid #: 938 45
Attachment 2
562
0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0650961 Not Required, Intake Relief Valve,
Relief Valve Provided Elsewhere

0818494 SP Valve, Total Pressure Master, Small
Chrome Handwheel (TPM),Hale,
Elbow

TOTAL PRESSURE MASTER RELIEF VALVE
A Hale Total Pressure Master relief valve system will provide both the discharge and suction protection (against excess inlet pressure) as required by NFPA pamphlet #1901 standards.

System will monitor discharge and suction pressures through single panel mounted control valve.

This will eliminate the need for a separate spring-loaded suction relief valve.

A small chrome handwheel will be provided in place of the standard Hale TPM handwheel.

Outlet will terminate with an elbow to direct water towards left side of apparatus. 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0775393 Thermal Relief Valve, TRV170-L
w/Red Warning Light and Alarm, Hale
Pump

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
A Hale TRV170-L thermal protection device will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 170 Degrees F (77 C).

The thermal protection device will include a red warning light and audible alarm. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel.

The discharge line will be 3/8 inch diameter tubing plumbed to ground. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.

Bid #: 938 46
Attachment 2
563
0726305 SP Pump Suction Tubes, Long

PUMP SUCTION TUBE
Pump suction tubes on the mid-ship pump will extend approximately 4.50" past the side pump panel.
0895463 Valve, w/Relief, RS Main Side Pump
Inlet, Hale MIV 2.0, Elec Cntrl

INLET VALVE/DUMP
One (1) butterfly valve type Hale MIV 2.0 will be provided on the right side main pump inlet. The inlet valve will be a combination butterfly valve and pressure relief valve with a bleeder valve located near the inlet valve control. The pressure relief valve will have a range of 75 to 250 PSI and will be factory set to 180 psig . The valve, less relief valve, will be rated for 600 PSI of hydrostatic pressure and 26 inHg of vacuum. The bleeder valve controls will be located near the valve control.

The valve will be fully recessed behind the pump panel and will be operated by an electric 12 VDC motor. A control panel with the electric switch and two (2) status indicator lights will be provided on the pump operator's panel.

A manual override handwheel will be provided next to the inlet valve on the side pump panels. 0895481 Valve, w/Relief, LS Main Side Pump
Inlet, Hale MIV 2.0, Elec Cntrl

INLET VALVE/DUMP
One (1) butterfly valve type Hale MIV 2.0 will be provided on the left side main pump inlet. The inlet valve will be a combination butterfly valve and pressure relief valve with a Hale bleeder valve. The pressure relief valve will have a range of 75 to 250 PSI and will be factory set to 130 psig . The valve, less relief valve, will be rated for 600 PSI hydrostatic pressure and 26 inHg of vacuum. The bleeder valve will be located near the valve control.

The valve will be fully recessed behind the pump panel and will be operated by an electric 12 VDC motor. A control panel with the electric switch and indicator lights will be provided on the pump operator's panel.

A manual override handwheel will be provided next to the inlet valve on the side pump panels. 0820184 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Provided by
Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 13.6.8 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires all intakes to be provided with caps or closures capable of withstanding a hydrostatic gauge pressure of 500 psi (3400 kPa).

The caps are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide both caps for the main pump inlets.
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0530056 SP Elbow, 30 Degree, Side Inlet, 6"
FNST x 5" Storz, Chrome, W/ Cap

ADAPTER, INLET
Two (2) adapters for the inlets elboe(s) will be furnished for the main left and right pump inlets.

The chrome long handle elbows(s) will have 6.00"" female NST threads converting to 5.00" Storz.

A chrome 5.00" Storz cap with chain will be provided to match the elbow. 0505132 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump, One (1) on
Inlet Side & One (1) on Discharge
Side

ANODE, INLET
One (1) pair of sacrificial Zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump to protect the pump from corrosion. One (1) will be placed in the inlet side of the pump and the other one (1) in the discharge side of the pump.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

Bid #: 938 47
Attachment 2
564
0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0004699 Valve, .75 Bleeder,Aux. Side Inlet INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" ball type bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a handwheel type knob for the control extended to the outside of the panel. The water, that is discharged by the valve, will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0814114 SP Outlet, Right Side, 2.50", Dual THandle Control, ManualRIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

These outlets will have manual T-handle controls, one (1) on each side of the truck. Moving the control on either side will also move the control handle on the opposite side of the truck.

A pressure gauge will be required on the right side panel. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 938 48
Attachment 2
565
0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0816625 Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side,
Akron Valve

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron 8800 4.00" flat ball valve with 4.00" plumbing terminating with a 4.50" MNST chrome adapter on the right side pump panel.

The valve will be controlled with a(n) Pierce large handwheel with indicator located at the pump operator's panel.
0818496 SP Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

4.50" FNST x 5.00" Storz, Chrome,
w/Cap

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The 4.50" outlet will be furnished with a chrome 4.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with chrome Storz cap.
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0004990 Outlet, Front HB, 2.50" w/2.50"
Plumbing

FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet discharge(s) piped to the front of the hose bed and located passenger side per job 32934. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping with a 2.50" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The discharge(s) will terminate with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0005043 Valve, Bleeder - .75" Quarter Turn OUTLET BLEEDERS A .75", quarter turn type, bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves may be used with some outlets where appropriate.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a handwheel type control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. Bleeders will be located in a horizontal line at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0005080 Reducer, 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST,
w/Cap

REDUCER
There will be four (4) adapters with 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST threads and a 1.50" chrome plated cap installed on two (2) on the LS, one (1) on the RS and one (1) on the LS rear 2.50" discharge per job 32934.

Bid #: 938 49
Attachment 2
566
0055107 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge Riser, Akron
Valve, Handwheel

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. The outlet will include an Akron valve with a handwheel control. 0095958 Deluge Outlet, Special
Height/Location

DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The deluge gun outlet will be located 17.00” above the treadplate floor of the cargo area. Also move the deluge outlet 3.00" towards the passenger side to avoid the black plastic housing of the monitor contacting the booster reel when monitor is stored (SEE PHOTOS from job 32934). 0543604 Monitor, Akron 3431 Hi-Riser and 5"
storz Inlet Grd Base

MONITOR
An Akron Model 3431 Apollo Hi-Riser monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. A fixed mounting base and a portable base with one (1) 5.00" Storz inlet will be provided.

A position sensor will be provided on the monitor that will activate the "do not move apparatus" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position.

The monitor will be painted as provided by monitor manufacturer. 0029304 No Nozzle Req'd

0026604 Deluge Mount, Bolt Flange,
Reinforced for Hi-Riser/DeckMaster
The deluge riser will have a 3.00" four (4)-bolt flange for mounting the monitor. 0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

0025140 Not Required, 1.50" Crosslays

0029203 Crosslay, (1) 2.50" Std Cap, Pan
Style

2.50" CROSSLAY HOSE BED
One (1) crosslay with a 2.50" outlet will be provided. The bed will be capable of carrying 200 feet of 2.50" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.50" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve.

The outlet will be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay control will be at the pump operator's panel.

The crosslay bed will be painted job color.

Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed end (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0500535 Not Required, Hose Restraint,
Crosslay
0064896 Speed, (2) 1.50" W/ Poly Tray, Top
Mount/Side Control, Standard Cap

SPEEDLAYS WITH TRAY
Ahead of the pump enclosure will be two (2) 1.75" speedlay hose beds. Each bed will have a

2.00" pre-connect line with a 2.00" quarter-turn ball valve and terminate with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel. The swivel will be located at the top of the speedlay compartment to allow easy removal of the hose in either direction.

Individual controls for the speedlays will be at the pump operator's panel.

Each compartment will be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose with the one (1) compartment located above the other.

A removable tray will be provided for each speedlay hosebed. The speedlay trays will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying.

The bottom of the speedlay compartments will be lined with stainless steel to allow the tray to slide with ease. Scuffplates will be provided on both sides, at the sides and bottom of each opening to protect the paint.

Bid #: 938 50
Attachment 2
567
0752410 Hose Restr, Spdly, Vinyl, Bottom
Anchored

SPEEDLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
A red vinyl cover restraint will be provided across the ends of speedlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The vinyl cover assembly is to be attached at the bottom of the speedlay(s) with footman loops as a permanent attachment and is attached at the top with shock cord, with pull tab, and stayput fastener(s).
0666602 Bleeders, Crosslays/Speedlays, All,
LS Pump Panel

CROSSLAY/SPEEDLAY BLEEDERS
Bleeders provided for the crosslay or speedlay discharge outlets will be located on the left side pump panel.
0590877 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Aluminum Treadplate, Top Only

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
An aluminum treadplate cover, hinged at the front will be installed over the top of the crosslay/deadlay(s). It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. The cover will be provided with no stay arm device hold open device.
0818497 SP Flap(s), Speedlay End(s), Stay Put
Loop Bungee Cord Straps

SPEEDLAY COVER(S)
There will be one (1)red vinyl cover(s) with two (2) Stay Put loop bungee cord hold down straps over the end(s) of the speedlay hose beds.
0818500 SP Flap, Crosslay Ends, Stay Put Loop
Bungee Cord Straps

CROSSLAY COVER
A red vinyl cover with two (2) stay put bungee cord hold down straps will be provided over the ends of the crosslay hose beds. The vinyl covers will be attached to the inside edge of the aluminum crosslay cover. The vinyl flap must be able to move with the aluminum cover while it is being raised and lowered.
0013903 Panel, Access to Pump, Back Wall of
Speedlay

REMOVABLE PUMP ACCESS PANEL
There will be one (1) removable access panel installed in the back wall of upper speedlay speedlay(s). The panel will be held in place with recessed lift-and-turn latches. 0818699 SP Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Left Side,
Stainless Steel, Specific Location

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A mill finish stainless steel Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the left side of the apparatus 1.75” from LS cargo wall and 5.75” forward of the rear wall of the cargo area .

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.
0804691 SP Switches, Reel Rewind - 1 Reel w/1
Stirrup & 1 Rubber Covered Push
Button
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a 50 amp automatic reset circuit breaker.

One (1) foot actuated, stirrup type, electric rewind control (switches) will be installed on the reel side below the body. An additional rubber covered push-button switch will be provided and mounted at final inspection.
0045300 Hose, Booster - 200' of 1.00"/800 PSI Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 200 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0005244 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1" Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0021954 Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0014047 Linkage, Reverse, Hose Reel

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. This style control will be provided on one (1) hose reel(s). 0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be two (2) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted one (1) mounted above the generator in line with the other rollers and one (1) on the passenger side sheet of the cargo area per job 32934 see photos in stage 7.

Bid #: 938 51
Attachment 2
568
0008265 Foam Sys, FoamPro 2002 (Dual
Agent)

FOAM CONCENTRATE PROPORTIONING SYSTEM
A Hypro FoamPro®, Model 2002, foam system will be provided as the means for the proportioning of foam concentrate into the water stream. The FoamPro is an electronic, fully automatic, variable speed, direct injection, discharge side foam proportioning system.

This system will be a dual agent system capable of handling both Class A foam and Class B foam concentrates.

The foam system will be plumbed to five (5) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be front trash line, hose reel, both speedlays and right rear discharge per job 32934.

The foam proportioning system operation will be based on a direct measurement of water flows, and remain consistent within the specified flow and pressure. The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control display will be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate.

One (1) paddle wheel will be installed to monitor all foam discharges.

Push button control for the form proportioning rate will allow a ratio from .1 percent to 3 percent in .1 percent increments.

The rated capacity of this system will be 160 gpm at 3 percent and 1000 gpm at .5 percent.

A 5 gpm positive displacement foam pump will be powered by a 12 vdc electric motor.

One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. The check valve will be approved by the foam system manufacturer.

A tank selector valve control will be mounted at the pump operator's panel. 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank
0037782 Valve, Additional Foam Shutoff

ADDITIONAL FOAM SHUTOFF
An additional foam shutoff valve will be provided at the foam tank sump.  The valve will be installed and located as close to the foam tank sump as possible. 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005447 Foam Cell, 30 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class B foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0091036 Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank #1 FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel.
0091082 Foam Cell #2, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce FOAM CELL
The cell will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this cell will be Phoschek. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. 0091041 Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank #2

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel.

Bid #: 938 52
Attachment 2
569
0746447 Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s),
Includes Color And Label Tags

The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up One (01) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or markups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0005525 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Brushed Stainless

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0721772 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The right side removable panel will be secured using a black swell latch .

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower panel (drain bank) will be secured using screws. 0693336 Light, Pump Compt, Truck-Lite
44308C LED Grommet Mt

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Truck-Lite, Model 44308C 4.00" white LED light(s) with Model 40700 grommet provided inside the pump enclosure for pump compartment lighting.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch located Standard. 0781378 SP Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel, MUX

PUMP PANEL GAUGES AND CONTROLS
The following will be provided on the pump and gauge panels in a neat and orderly fashion:
- Engine Oil Pressure Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Engine Water Temperature Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Tachometer: Electric
- Master Pump Drain Control
- Voltmeter
Bid #: 938 53
Attachment 2
570
0732693 SP Throttle, Engine, Class 1, Twister,
Counter Clockwise Rotation

ENGINE THROTTLE
A Class 1 Twister series remote engine throttle will be installed on the pump operator's panel.

The remote engine throttle will set the engine RPM to idle when the pump engaged interlock signal is recognized regardless of the control knob position.

The control knob will programmed to be used in the counter clockwise rotation to increase engine speed and clockwise to decrease engine speed.
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0007541 Indicator Lights @ Pump Panel,
Electronic Engines
- Check Transmission Warning Indicator Light
- Stop Engine Warning Indicator Light
- Check Engine Warning Indicator Light.
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0556652 Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red
Button & Guard

AIR HORN BUTTON
There will be one (1) air horn control button(s) provided Duplicate location on job# 32934. The button(s) will be red in color and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. A "U" shape guard will be provided to shield against accidental activation. 0058796 Gauge Panel, Vertically Hinged

HINGED GAUGE PANEL
The pump gauge panel will be vertically hinged with quarter turn lift and turn latches for access. 0005690 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0511104 Gauge, 3.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 3.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0604123 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300-
A00, TankVision Pro, w/Remote Light
Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300-A00 water tank indicator gauge will be installed on the pump operators panel. The gauge kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The gauge will show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The gauge case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank and down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The gauge will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.

REMOTE LIGHT DRIVER
A Fire Research TankVision model WLA290-A00 remote light driver will be installed. The driver will provide four (4) separate outputs to control additional water level lights around the apparatus.

The lights will show 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full tank. When power is applied the driver will run a test and cycle each remote light on and off. When the tank is less than 1/4 full the 1/4 tank light will blink.

Bid #: 938 54
Attachment 2
571
0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision
WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote
Display

ADDITIONAL WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be two (2) additional Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280-A00 water tank remote indicators provided and installed LS and RS high on cab to the rear of the crew cab doors. . The indicators will show the volume of water in the tank on Ninety six (96) easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens.

The remote indicator will indicate the level as a single color in Red for 25% or less, Amber color for up to 50% volume, Blue color for up to 75% volume and Green color for up to 100% volume.

When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down-chasing motion and then flash three times.

The flash rate will be determined by the main water tank sensor.

It will have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and night time viewing. The LEDs can also be programmed for different colors.

This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 0006774 Not Required, Foam Level Gauge
0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED
Stp Lt

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is applied. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0682498 Light Shield/Step 8", PS LED, P25
LED Stp Lt

ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the passenger's side pump panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above the step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606834 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#2 & #6)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757072 Control, Air Horn, Rocker/Membrane
Sw, RS
Right side momentary switch
0743360 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS, Location
Fet
Left side foot switch will beMount foot switch box at final inspection. 0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0692039 Location, Electronic Siren, Center
Console Electronic siren head will be located in the center console.

Bid #: 938 55
Attachment 2
572
0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601565 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Center (Pos 4)

The speaker(s) will be recessed in the center of the front bumper. 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006095 Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above
Deckplate
The mechanical siren will be mounted on the bumper deck plate. It will be mounted on the left side. A reinforcement plate will be furnished to support the siren. 0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0890124 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS, Loc

Left side foot switch on wedge, exact location at final. 0740392 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red,
RS Overhead Sw Pnl

A momentary red switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0740834 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl
A momentary red switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0804626 SP Bracket, Wedge Style, (2) Foot
Switch, Driver Side, Location

BRACKET, FOOT SWITCHES
A wedge style bracket will be provided on the driver's side of cab floor Mount at Final Inspection.

The bracket will be large enough to hold two (2) foot switches. 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
Bid #: 938 56
Attachment 2
573
0607025 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-V, 81",
RDAlyRRWRTdRROptRRTdRWRRD
AlyR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen Freedom IV lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side rear corner position.

One (1) dual alley scene LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) white scene LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller sent to national standard high priority in the center positions.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) white scene LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) dual alley scene LED module in the passenger's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side rear corner position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules
a switch to control the driver's side alley module
a switch to control the passenger's side alley module
a switch to control the front scene modules
the traffic light controller with the emergency master switch only no momentary activation switch
The two (2) white flashing LED modules in the front positions and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions and the scene modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0605741 Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5",

RRRR RRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) 21.50" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the crew cab doors.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the rear outside position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the front outside position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0613946 SP Switches, Additional,
Alley/TakeDown Lights in Lightbar

SWITCHES, ADDITIONAL
Three (3) switches will be provided in the officer side switch panel. A switch will be provided for the driver side alley light, passenger side alley light and take down lights in the lightbar. 0819630 SP Light, Front Zone, Wln 60*02F*R,
60*02S*R LED, Inside Steady, 4lts Q
Bezel

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, 4.18" high x 6.56" wide x 1.43" deep flashing LED warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, mounted in two (2) bezels similar to the headlights.

The flashing Model 60*02F*R, driver's side front outside warning light to be red The steady burning Model 60*02S*R, driver's side front inside warning light to be red The steady burning Model 60*02S*R, passenger's side front inside warning light to be red The flashing Model 60*02F*R, passenger's side front outside warning light to be red The the same color as the LED's
The lights will be controlled per the following:

A switch in the cab on the switch panel will control the lights White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied Amber LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is released Amber, blue or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 938 57
Attachment 2
574
0824126 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln
60*02F*R, 6lts, Trm Fet.

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model 60*02F*R, 4.18" high x 6.56" wide x 1.43" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the front custom cab corner. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0751980 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln 60*02F*R
LED, For 3 or 4 Bezel

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model 60*02F*R, 4.12" high x 6.50" long flashing LED warning lights installed at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

The driver's side rear light to be red.

The passenger's side rear light to be red.

The lens color(s) for the rear light(s) to be the same color as the LEDs.

Each light will be mounted in a housing.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0768163 SP Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln B6MLRZP,
LED/LED Rear Scene, Cnt Feature

REAR OF HOSEBED WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model B6MLRZP, combination LED beacon and lower LED scene light provided in a single polished aluminum housing at the rear of the truck.

There will be one (1) installed on the left side with the scene light to the rear:

The driver's side beacon to include amber LED's.

There will be one (1) installed on the right side with the scene light to the rear:

The passenger's side beacon to include red LED's.

The color of the lenses for all the LEDs to be the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. The scene lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The scene lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0006615 Mounting, Rear Warn Lights, On Top
of Compartment
The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertails as high as possible. 0777768 SP Lights, Traffic Directing, Wln
TA45B72 LED, Rear. TACTL5, 8lts

REAR TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TA45B72, 4.35" high x 72.00" wide x 4.17" deep amber LED traffic directing light installed on the rear of the apparatus. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a Whelen, Model TACTL5, traffic directing light controller included with this installation. The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0652108 SP Location, TDL, Over Hose Bed, 45
Degree Crosstube (Included)
This traffic directing light will be mounted over the hose bed, between the body side sheets, on a crosstube at the rear of the apparatus. This 2.00" wide x 5.00" high crosstube is extended up and back at a 45 degree angle so the light will clear the hose bed. There will be a removable access panel on the crosstube for wire access.

The crosstube will be painted to match lower job color. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.

Bid #: 938 58
Attachment 2
575
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816941 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.
0821565 Strainer, Provided by Fire
Department, Pumper NFPA/ULC
2024 Classification

STRAINER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 8.3 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 requires a suction strainer when suction hose is provided.

The strainer is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the suction strainer.
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0610627 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper ULC,
Provided by Fire Department or
Dealer

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
CAN/ULC-S515, current edition, section 4.9.3.1 requires one (1) 2.7 kg (6 lb) pickhead axe.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department or dealer will provide the axe.

Bid #: 938 59
Attachment 2
576
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #10 white and the lower section painted #90 red. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.

There will be a standard cab shield provided.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab.

Bid #: 938 60
Attachment 2
577
0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels
0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0653323 SP Reflective Band, .50"-5.00"-.50" with
.50" gap

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band shall consist of a .50" white stripe at the top with a .50" gap then a

5.00" white stripe with a .50" gap and a .50" white stripe on the bottom. 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0697905 SP Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper, Excluding Rear
Bulkheads

CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus.  The rear surface, excluding the rear bulkhead and rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0544967 Stripe, Chevron, Diamond Grade,
Rear Compartment, Lap, Pumpers

CHEVRON STRIPING ON REAR LAP COMPARTMENT
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear lap door.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0679822 Stripe, Sign Gold, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a Sign Gold stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0594559 Lettering Specifications, (Sign Gold
Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be 22 karat gold vinyl.

Bid #: 938 61
Attachment 2
578
0679870 Stripe, Sign Gold, Corner, (Body)

SIGN GOLD BODY STRIPE
There will be eight (8) Sign Gold striped corner/s on body. 0685932 Lettering, Sign Gold, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) Sign Gold lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0685750 Lettering, Sign Gold, 9.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be sign gold lettering, 9.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be four (4) letters provided.
0685826 Lettering, Sign Gold, 2.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be sign gold lettering, 2.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be 14 letters provided.
0685985 Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with no outline or shade provided.  There will be six (6) letters provided.
0685993 Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be two (2) letters provided.
0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be three (3) letters provided.
0686046 Lettering, Reflective, 1.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 1.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0686084 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided.  There will be 14 letters provided.
0616452 SP Emblem, Sign Gold, City Logo, Pair,
West Sacramento, CA
There will be one pair of West Sacramento City seal logo made in Florentine Signgold. The City logo will include lettering and bridge graphics.
0666414 Emblem, Freedom Flag, Each

EMBLEM
There will be two (2) emblem(s), approximately 12.00" - 14.00" wide in size, installed see LSP print.  The emblem will feature a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Head". 0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept.

Submittal, Each
EMBLEM
There will be one (1) reflective emblem(s), approximately 10.00" - 12.00" in size, installed P/S rear bulkhead.  the emblem will be modeled after the department submitted information (art, patch, etc).
0624039 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, (1)
Hard Copy, (1) USB Flash Drive,
Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUALS
There will be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided. There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided.

The manuals will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
The manuals will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the factory website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.

Bid #: 938 62
Attachment 2
579
0624037 Manual, Chassis Service, (1) Hard
Copy, One (1) USB Flash Drive,
Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components provided. There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0772060 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) Hard
Copy, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUALS
There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive provided that will include all of the same information.
0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year, WA0386

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (5) yearlimited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system.

Bid #: 938 63
Attachment 2
580
0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693127 Warranty, Gortite, Roll-up Door, 6
Year, WA0190

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Gortite roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll-up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle.

A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. 0892410 Warranty, Pump, Hale, 5 Year Parts,
2 Year Labor, WA0388

PUMP WARRANTY
A Hale pump limited warranty certificate, WA0388, is included with this proposal. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not
Available
0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808565 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Paccar MX, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 938 64
Attachment 2
581
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

Bid #: 938 65
Attachment 2
582
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020012 HALE PUMP
0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 938 66
Attachment 2
583
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0007541 Indicator Lights @ Pump Panel, Electronic Engines 0.00 0.35 0.00 0008265 Foam Sys, FoamPro 2002 (Dual Agent) 0.00 60.00 0.00 0032191 Mirrors, Ramco, 8000FFHR-750, Heated/Remote, w/Bolt-on Convex, Door Mount

0.00 0.00 8.00
0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 0.00 0.00 0.00 0089703 Batteries, (6) Interstate Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0556652 Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red Button & Guard 0.00 0.16 0.00 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote Display

0.00 0.00 0.00
0610660 Lights, Fog, JW Speaker, Model 6045, pn 0551653 Chrome , Recessed Into Bumper

0.00 4.30 0.00
0613946 Switches, Additional, Alley/TakeDown Lights in Lightbar 0.00 0.00 0.08 0627387 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln T0R00FRR LED 0.00 0.80 0.00 0628471 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson M371S LED, Rectangula w/Switch

0.00 0.48 0.00
0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00 0.00
0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 180.00 0.00 0693336 Light, Pump Compt, Truck-Lite 44308C LED Grommet Mt 0.00 0.50 0.00 0727540 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model 20**4GT, LED, 1 Lt 0.00 0.00 3.00 0727946 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, RS Cab, Mt Fet 0.00 0.00 7.20 0727947 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, LS Cab, Mt Fet 0.00 0.00 7.20 0728163 Switch Panel Modification, Pump Shift, Sab/Enf 0.00 12.00 0.00 0731738 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC, Rear Body ID Lts Not Con 0.00 0.00 7.50 0735095 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, 3805

0.00 0.00 0.50
0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body 0.00 0.00 10.80 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body 0.00 0.00 10.80 0762433 Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0**, LED, Cargo Areas, Front Sheet

0.00 0.00 0.00
0804764 Lights, Backup, Wln 604BU, LED for Wln 3 & 4 housing 0.00 1.00 0.00 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0818699 Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Left Side, Stainless Steel, Specific Location

0.00 36.00 0.00
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC

0.00 6.00 0.00
0820904 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 15.00 0820906 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 30.00 0820907 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 3rd NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 30.00 0820921 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Term, Blue Sea 1045, Batt Dir, 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 9.60
0821230 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 CKT FB, Blue Sea 5025 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821232 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821233 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 3rd NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821470 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 9.60
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0605741 Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5", RRRR RRRR Load Managed 0.00 0.00 14.56 0722696 HVAC, Standard-Duty, Enforcer, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0058796 Gauge Panel, Vertically Hinged NFPA 0.11 0.00 0.00 0065096 RS 136" Lap, (2) Liftup, 13"FF Full Height Beavertail Compartment NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0073606 LS 136" Lap, (2) Liftup, 13"FF Full Height Beavertail Compt NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 8/26/2024
Bid #: 938
West Sacramento Enforcer Pumper (DUPLICATE 37449
on Enforcer)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Martinez, Mike
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: West Sacramento FD
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Attachment 2
584
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0083696 Compt, Rear, Double Door, 44.50" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0090155 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt NFPA 1.56 14.06 0.00 0556337 Lights, Step, P25 LED at Rear Tailboard, 2lts Perm Lts NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0587034 Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat, 2010 NFPA 4.70 0.00 0.00 0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0604123 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300-A00, TankVision Pro, w/Remote Light Driver
NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00
0604324 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0607025 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-V, 81",
RDAlyRRWRTdRROptRRTdRWRRDAlyR
NFPA 8.82 2.28 12.79
0617866 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Truck-Lite 6060C LED 2lts NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0645877 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips NFPA 2.52 0.00 0.00 0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0682498 Light Shield/Step 8", PS LED, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 3.85 0.00 0.00 0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 4.00 0.00 0.00 0683575 Lights, Perimeter Body, Truck-Lite 6060C LED 2ts, Rear Step NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0687604 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Truck-Lite 6060C LED 4Dr, Grommet Mt NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00 0734348 Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side Wln 0SA00MCR 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA 0.60 0.00 0.00
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0749661 Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature NFPA 0.32 0.00 18.68 0750542 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Truck-Lite 60421Y LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 1.00 0.00
0751980 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln 60*02F*R LED, For 3 or 4 Bezel NFPA 1.06 1.74 0.00 0761022 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 Brkt NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0768163 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln B6MLRZP, LED/LED Rear Scene, Cnt Feature
NFPA 3.00 0.00 6.00
0777768 Lights, Traffic Directing, Wln TA45B72 LED, Rear. TACTL5, 8lts NFPA 2.12 19.08 0.00 0781378 Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel, MUX NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 0804201 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under Cab, Paccar, Fill Dr, Treadplate Shield,ENF
NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00
0804761 Lights, Tail, Wln 604BTT* Red LED Stop/Tail & 604T Amb LED Dir For Housing
NFPA 0.50 1.50 0.00
0808515 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet & On-scene Management, AT&T Commercial
NFPA 1.61 0.00 0.00
0818494 Valve, Total Pressure Master, Small Chrome Handwheel (TPM),Hale, Elbow
NFPA 0.52 0.00 0.00
0819630 Light, Front Zone, Wln 60*02F*R, 60*02S*R LED, Inside Steady, 4lts Q Bezel
NFPA 1.59 4.41 0.00
0824126 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln 60*02F*R, 6lts, Trm Fet. NFPA 3.12 4.68 0.00 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 84.72 512.82 370.51
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 8/26/2024
Bid #: 938
West Sacramento Enforcer Pumper (DUPLICATE 37449
on Enforcer)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Martinez, Mike
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: West Sacramento FD
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Attachment 2
585
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 268.00
Demand: 84.72
Variance: 183.28
Total Connected Load
Supply: 374.00
Demand: 340.67
Variance: 33.33
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 268.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 374.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 8/26/2024
Bid #: 938
West Sacramento Enforcer Pumper (DUPLICATE 37449
on Enforcer)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Martinez, Mike
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: West Sacramento FD
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Attachment 2
586
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 938 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Department: West Sacramento FD Body: Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 4.68 in.

Tread Width: 15.9 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 19 in.

Front Overhang: 84.95 in.

Wheelbase: 201 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 15 ft. 8 in.

Curb to curb: 30 ft. 0 in.

Wall to wall: 34 ft. 4 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 08/26/2024
Category Option Description
Bumpers 0012245 Bumper, 19" Extended, Polished S/S, Saber FR/Enforcer Tires, Front 0802633 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser. Load Rtg
Axle, Front, Custom 0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front 0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Attachment 2
587
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

Attachment 2
588
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Attachment 2
589
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Attachment 2
590
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Warranty Begins: The date of the original buyer invoice.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first Warranty Period Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/19/2021 WA0386
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Attachment 2
591
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“LIMITED WARRANTY”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“YOU” or “FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other maintenance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended inspections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, improper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER-FUELING; OVER-SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible for towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR, Attachment 2
592
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

Attachment 2
593
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine
Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)
Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours
Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear Attachment 2
594
Attachment 2
595
Attachment 2
596
Attachment 2
597
Attachment 2
598
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Attachment 2
599
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Attachment 2
600
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Attachment 2
601

CUMMINS-MERITOR

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS

WARRANTY

COVERAGE FOR THE

UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Attachment 2
602
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul.......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency................................................................................... 12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service................................................................................... 15 Terms and Conditions................................................................................ 17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).

Attachment 2
603
3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Typically Is:

High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).

Note:Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.

Attachment 2
604
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak75 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 5
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.

Attachment 2
605
5 LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. 4
Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).

Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Attachment 2
606
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:

Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Attachment 2
607
7 GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect. 2
Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. 3
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Attachment 2
608
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 4 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 6
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH9462 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)2
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty3 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings4 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor. 3 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Attachment 2
609
9 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles
Airport Rescue Fire
Fighting (ARFF)
Airport Shuttle1
Asphalt Truck
Block Truck
Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
Cementing Vehicle
Commercial Pick-Up
Concrete Pumper
Construction Material Hauler
Mixer
Demolition
Drill Rig
Dump
Equipment Hauling
Flatbed Trailer Hauler
Flatbed Truck
Fracturing Truck
Front Loader
Geophysical Exploration
Hopper Trailer Combinations
Landscaping Truck
Liquid Waste Hauler
Log Hauling
Lowboy
Michigan Special Gravel
Train
Michigan Special Log Hauler
Michigan Special Steel
Hauler
Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Municipal Dump
Rear Loader (Refuse)
Recycling Truck
Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
Rigging Truck
Roll-Off
Scrap Truck
Semi-End Dump
Sewer/Septic Vacuum
Shuttle Bus1
Side Loader
Snowplow/Snowblower
Steel Hauling
Tanker
Tank Truck
Tractors with Pole Trailers
Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
Transfer Dump
Transfer Vehicle
Utility Truck
Winch Truck
1 Commercial chassis only
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) On/off-road vocations (10% or more off-road)
Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Attachment 2
610
10 Rear Drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-14X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-14X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
RC-26-633
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164/P2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Front Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-14-120 EVO
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-23-810
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
Attachment 2
611
11 Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake4 2/100/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings2 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3203
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Attachment 2
612
12 Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Aerial Ladder Truck
Aerial Platform
Ambulance
Command Vehicle
Crash Fire Rescue
Pumper
Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
Tanker
Fire and Emergency Typically Is:

Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year)
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-1851
RS-25-160
1 2/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-3802
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
Attachment 2
613
13 PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™1 2/Unl/P&L
1 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P
Attachment 2
614
14 Transit Bus Vehicles
Airport Shuttle
City Bus
Commuter Coach
Shuttle Bus
Transit Bus Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
FH-946 FH-9411 MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake2 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 2 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946
Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
MC-26000 71063 79063
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538

TRANSIT BUS

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Attachment 2
615
15 Industrial and Off-Highway Service Vehicles
Load-On/Load-Off
Port Tractor
Rail Yard Spotter
Roll-On/Roll-Off
Stevedoring Tractor
Trailer Spotter
Yard Jockey
All and Rough
Terrain Cranes
Forestry
Material Handling
Specialized Heavy
Haul
Excavator
Compactor
Fertilizer Spreader
Snow Blower
Mining and
Specialized Mining
Rail Car Mover
Loader
Tow Tractor
Pushback Tractor
Industrial and Off-Highway Service Typically Is:

Low mileage operation
Low speed vehicle speed restriction
Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
FS-25
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
1 2/Unl/P for LO/LO Terminal Tractor applications
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P
MT-14X1
RS-23-186
RS-23-380
RS-24-160
RS-30-185
RS-30-380
RT-1451
RT-1601

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Attachment 2
616
16 Drivelines – 1/Unl/P

RPL MXL
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
Attachment 2
617
17 Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by nonCummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles1
Linehaul – King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L
All Other Vocations – King Pin Bushings Excluded
1 King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details.

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by CumminsMeritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.

Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Terms and Conditions
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component.

Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Attachment 2
618
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify CumminsMeritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify CumminsMeritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins-Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor’s option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies
In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement
This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
cummins.com
SP-95155
Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24
©2024 Meritor, Inc.

Attachment 2
619
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Attachment 2
620

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
Attachment 2
621
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
Attachment 2
622
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
Attachment 2
623
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications
Attachment 2
624